Ps800sm_classa_r7.pdf

GE Medical Systems gemedical.com

Technical Publication Direction 2406876-100 Revision 7 GE Medical Systems Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System Service Manual

Copyright © 2004~2008 by General Electric Company, Inc.

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Published by the GE Company, Inc. Engineering/Technical: Erna Yan

Page 2

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

LEGAL NOTES TRADEMARKS Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, the Acrobat logo, Exchange, and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated or its subsidiaries and may be registered in certain jurisdictions. Microsoft is a registered trademark and Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation. All other products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders.

COPYRIGHTS All Material, Copyright © 2004~2008 by General Electric Company, Inc. All rights reserved.

Legal Notes

Page 3

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 4

Legal Notes

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS LANGUAGE

ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ

•

ТОВА УПЪТВАНЕ ЗА РАБОТА Е НАЛИЧНО САМО НА АНГЛИЙСКИ ЕЗИК.

(BG)

•

АКО ДОСТАВЧИКЪТ НА УСЛУГАТА НА КЛИЕНТА ИЗИСКА ЕЗИК, РАЗЛИЧЕН ОТ АНГЛИЙСКИ, ЗАДЪЛЖЕНИЕ НА КЛИЕНТА Е ДА ОСИГУРИ ПРЕВОД.

•

НЕ ИЗПОЛЗВАЙТЕ ОБОРУДВАНЕТО ПРЕДИ ДА СТЕ СЕ КОНСУЛТИРАЛИ И РАЗБРАЛИ УПЪТВАНЕТО ЗА РАБОТА.

•

НЕСПАЗВАНЕТО НА ТОВА ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ МОЖЕ ДА ДОВЕДЕ ДО НАРАНЯВАНЕ НА ДОСТАВЧИКА НА УСЛУГАТА, ОПЕРАТОРА ИЛИ ПАЦИЕНТ В РЕЗУЛТАТ НА ТОКОВ УДАР ИЛИ МЕХАНИЧНА ИЛИ ДРУГА ОПАСНОСТ.

警告 (ZH-CN)

• 本维修手册仅提供英文版本。 • 如果维修服务提供商需要非英文版本，客户需自行提供翻译服务。 • 未详细阅读和完全理解本维修手册之前，不得进行维修。 • 忽略本警告可能对维修人员，操作员或患者造成触电、机械伤害或其他形式的伤害。

VÝSTRAHA (CS)

• TENTO PROVOZNÍ NÁVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKÉM JAZYCE. • V PŘÍPADĚ, ŽE EXTERNÍ SLUŽBA ZÁKAZNÍKŮM POTŘEBUJE NÁVOD V JINÉM JAZYCE, JE ZAJIŠTĚNÍ PŘEKLADU DO ODPOVÍDAJÍCÍHO JAZYKA ÚKOLEM ZÁKAZNÍKA. • NESNAŽTE SE O ÚDRŽBU TOHOTO ZAŘÍZENÍ, ANIŽ BYSTE SI PŘEČETLI TENTO PROVOZNÍ NÁVOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH. • V PŘÍPADĚ NEDODRŽOVÁNÍ TÉTO VÝSTRAHY MŮŽE DOJÍT K PORANĚNÍ PRACOVNÍKA PRODEJNÍHO SERVISU, OBSLUŽNÉHO PERSONÁLU NEBO PACIENTŮ VLIVEM ELEKTRICKÉHOP PROUDU, RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM MECHANICKÝCH ČI JINÝCH RIZIK.

ADVARSEL

•

DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN PÅ ENGELSK.

(DA)

•

HVIS EN KUNDES TEKNIKER HAR BRUG FOR ET ANDET SPROG END ENGELSK, ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT SØRGE FOR OVERSÆTTELSE.

•

FORSØG IKKE AT SERVICERE UDSTYRET MEDMINDRE DENNE SERVICEMANUAL HAR VÆRET KONSULTERET OG ER FORSTÅET.

•

MANGLENDE OVERHOLDELSE AF DENNE ADVARSEL KAN MEDFØRE SKADE PÅ GRUND AF ELEKTRISK, MEKANISK ELLER ANDEN FARE FOR TEKNIKEREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PATIENTEN.

Important Precautions

Page 5

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

WAARSCHUWING (NL)

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

• DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS VERKRIJGBAAR. • ALS HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL EEN ANDERE TAAL VEREIST, DAN IS DE KLANT VERANTWOORDELIJK VOOR DE VERTALING ERVAN. • PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE ONDERHOUDEN VOORDAT DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS. • INDIEN DEZE WAARSCHUWING NIET WORDT OPGEVOLGD, ZOU HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL, DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATIËNT GEWOND KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK, MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN.

WARNING (EN)

• •

• •

HOIATUS (ET)

THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY. IF A CUSTOMER’S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TRANSLATION SERVICES. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD. FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK, MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS.

• KÄESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES. • KUI KLIENDITEENINDUSE OSUTAJA NÕUAB JUHENDIT INGLISE KEELEST ERINEVAS KEELES, VASTUTAB KLIENT TÕLKETEENUSE OSUTAMISE EEST. • ÄRGE ÜRITAGE SEADMEID TEENINDADA ENNE EELNEVALT KÄESOLEVA TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU SAAMIST. • KÄESOLEVA HOIATUSE EIRAMINE VÕIB PÕHJUSTADA TEENUSEOSUTAJA, OPERAATORI VÕI PATSIENDI VIGASTAMIST ELEKTRILÖÖGI, MEHAANILISE VÕI MUU OHU TAGAJÄRJEL.

VAROITUS (FI)

• TÄMÄ HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI. • JOS ASIAKKAAN HUOLTOHENKILÖSTÖ VAATII MUUTA KUIN ENGLANNINKIELISTÄ MATERIAALIA, TARVITTAVAN KÄÄNNÖKSEN HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA. • ÄLÄ YRITÄ KORJATA LAITTEISTOA ENNEN KUIN OLET VARMASTI LUKENUT JA YMMÄRTÄNYT TÄMÄN HUOLTO-OHJEEN. • MIKÄLI TÄTÄ VAROITUSTA EI NOUDATETA, SEURAUKSENA VOI OLLA HUOLTOHENKILÖSTÖN, LAITTEISTON KÄYTTÄJÄN TAI POTILAAN VAHINGOITTUMINEN SÄHKÖISKUN, MEKAANISEN VIAN TAI MUUN VAARATILANTEEN VUOKSI.

Page 6

Important Precautions

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

ATTENTION (FR)

• •

• •

WARNUNG (DE)

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS. SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE LANGUE QUE L’ANGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU’IL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE. NE PAS TENTER D’INTERVENTION SUR LES ÉQUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE MANUEL SERVICE N’A PAS ÉTÉ CONSULTÉ ET COMPRIS. LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAÎNER CHEZ LE TECHNICIEN, L’OPÉRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES À DES DANGERS ÉLECTRIQUES, MÉCANIQUES OU AUTRES.

• DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE. • FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENÖTIGT, IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FÜR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE ÜBERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN. • VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT DIESE ANLAGE ZU WARTEN, OHNE DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG GELESEN UND VERSTANDEN ZU HABEN. • WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN DURCH STROMSCHLÄGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE GEFAHREN KOMMEN.

ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ (EL)

• ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙΔΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΔΙΑΤΙΘΕΤΑΙ ΣΤΑ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΑ ΜΟΝΟ. • ΕΑΝ ΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΕΝΟΣ ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΑΠΑΙΤΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙΔΙΟ ΣΕ ΓΛΩΣΣΑ ΕΚΤΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΩΝ, ΑΠΟΤΕΛΕΙ ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΤΟΥ ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΝΑ ΠΑΡΕΧΕΙ ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΕΣ ΜΕΤΑΦΡΑΣΗΣ. • ΜΗΝ ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΗΣΕΤΕ ΤΗΝ ΕΚΤΕΛΕΣΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΩΝ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΣΤΟΝ ΕΞΟΠΛΙΣΜΟ ΕΚΤΟΣ ΕΑΝ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΕΥΤΕΙ ΚΑΙ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΚΑΤΑΝΟΗΣΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙΔΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ. • ΕΑΝ ΔΕ ΛΑΒΕΤΕ ΥΠΟΨΗ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ, ΕΝΔΕΧΕΤΑΙ ΝΑ ΠΡΟΚΛΗΘΕΙ ΤΡΑΥΜΑΤΙΣΜΟΣ ΣΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ, ΣΤΟ ΧΕΙΡΙΣΤΗ Ή ΣΤΟΝ ΑΣΘΕΝΗ ΑΠΟ ΗΛΕΚΤΡΟΠΛΗΞΙΑ, ΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΟΥΣ Ή ΑΛΛΟΥΣ ΚΙΝΔΥΝΟΥΣ.

FIGYELMEZTETÉS (HU)

• EZEN KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYV KIZÁRÓLAG ANGOL NYELVEN ÉRHETŐ EL. • HA A VEVŐ SZOLGÁLTATÓJA ANGOLTÓL ELTÉRŐ NYELVRE TART IGÉNYT, AKKOR A VEVŐ FELELŐSSÉGE A FORDÍTÁS ELKÉSZÍTTETÉSE. • NE PRÓBÁLJA ELKEZDENI HASZNÁLNI A BERENDEZÉST, AMÍG A KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYVBEN LEÍRTAKAT NEM ÉRTELMEZTÉK. • EZEN FIGYELMEZTETÉS FIGYELMEN KÍVÜL HAGYÁSA A SZOLGÁLTATÓ, MŰKÖDTETŐ VAGY A BETEG ÁRAMÜTÉS, MECHANIKAI VAGY EGYÉB VESZÉLYHELYZET MIATTI SÉRÜLÉSÉT EREDMÉNYEZHETI.

Important Precautions

Page 7

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

AÐVÖRUN (IS)

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

• ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK ER EINGÖNGU FÁANLEG Á ENSKU. • EF AÐ ÞJÓNUSTUVEITANDI VIÐSKIPTAMANNS ÞARFNAST ANNAS TUNGUMÁLS EN ENSKU, ER ÞAÐ SKYLDA VIÐSKIPTAMANNS AÐ SKAFFA TUNGUMÁLAÞJÓNUSTU. • REYNIÐ EKKI AÐ AFGREIÐA TÆKIÐ NEMA AÐ ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK HEFUR VERIÐ SKOÐUÐ OG SKILIN. • BROT Á SINNA ÞESSARI AÐVÖRUN GETUR LEITT TIL MEIÐSLA Á ÞJÓNUSTUVEITANDA, STJÓRNANDA EÐA SJÚKLINGS FRÁ RAFLOSTI, VÉLRÆNU EÐA ÖÐRUM ÁHÆTTUM.

AVVERTENZA

•

(IT)

•

•

•

IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE SOLTANTO IN INGLESE. SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS RICHIEDE IL MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE È TENUTO A PROVVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE. SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL’APPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO. IL NON RISPETTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL’ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE, ALL’UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.

• このサービスマニュアルには英語版しかありません。 (JA)

• サービスを担当される業者が英語以外の言語を要求される場合、翻訳作業はその業 者の責任で行うものとさせていただきます。 • このサービスマニュアルを熟読し理解せずに、装置のサービスを行わないでくださ い。 • この警告に従わない場合、サービスを担当される方、操作員あるいは患者さんが、 感電や機械的又はその他の危険により負傷する可能性があります。

Page 8

Important Precautions

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

경고 (KO)

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

• 본 서비스 지침서는 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다. • 고객의 서비스 제공자가 영어 이외의 언어를 요구할 경우, 번역 서비스를 제공하는 것 은 고객의 책임입니다. • 본 서비스 지침서를 참고했고 이해하지 않는 한은 해당 장비를 수리하려고 시도하지 마십시오. • 이 경고에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크, 기계상의 혹은 다른 위험으로부터 서비스 제공 자, 운영자 혹은 환자에게 위해를 가할 수 있습니다.

BRĪDINĀJUMS (LV)

• ŠĪ APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGĻU VALODĀ. • JA KLIENTA APKALPES SNIEDZĒJAM NEPIECIEŠAMA INFORMĀCIJA CITĀ VALODĀ, NEVIS ANGĻU, KLIENTA PIENĀKUMS IR NODROŠINĀT TULKOŠANU. • NEVEICIET APRĪKOJUMA APKALPI BEZ APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATAS IZLASĪŠANAS UN SAPRAŠANAS. • ŠĪ BRĪDINĀJUMA NEIEVĒROŠANA VAR RADĪT ELEKTRISKĀS STRĀVAS TRIECIENA, MEHĀNISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAISĪTU TRAUMU APKALPES SNIEDZĒJAM, OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM.

ĮSPĖJIMAS (LT)

• ŠIS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA PRIEINAMAS TIK ANGLŲ KALBA. • JEI KLIENTO PASLAUGŲ TIEKĖJAS REIKALAUJA VADOVO KITA KALBA – NE ANGLŲ, NUMATYTI VERTIMO PASLAUGAS YRA KLIENTO ATSAKOMYBĖ. • NEMĖGINKITE ATLIKTI ĮRANGOS TECHNINĖS PRIEŽIŪROS, NEBENT ATSIŽVELGĖTE Į ŠĮ EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVĄ IR JĮ SUPRATOTE. • JEI NEATKREIPSITE DĖMESIO Į ŠĮ PERSPĖJIMĄ, GALIMI SUŽALOJIMAI DĖL ELEKTROS ŠOKO. • MECHANINIŲ AR KITŲ PAVOJŲ PASLAUGŲ TIEKĖJUI, OPERATORIUI AR PACIENTUI.

ADVARSEL (NO)

• DENNE SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN FINNES BARE PÅ ENGELSK. • HVIS KUNDENS SERVICELEVERANDØR TRENGER ET ANNET SPRÅK, ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR Å SØRGE FOR OVERSETTELSE. • IKKE FORSØK Å REPARERE UTSTYRET UTEN AT DENNE SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORSTÅTT. • MANGLENDE HENSYN TIL DENNE ADVARSELEN KAN FØRE TIL AT SERVICELEVERANDØREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES PÅ GRUNN AV ELEKTRISK STØT, MEKANISKE ELLER ANDRE FARER.

Important Precautions

Page 9

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

OSTRZEŻENIE (PL)

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

• NINIEJSZY PODRĘCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTĘPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JĘZYKU ANGIELSKIM. • JEŚLI DOSTAWCA USŁUG KLIENTA WYMAGA JĘZYKA INNEGO NIŻ ANGIELSKI, ZAPEWNIENIE USŁUGI TŁUMACZENIA JEST OBOWIĄZKIEM KLIENTA. • NIE PRÓBOWAĆ SERWISOWAĆ WYPOSAŻENIA BEZ ZAPOZNANIA SIĘ I ZROZUMIENIA NINIEJSZEGO PODRĘCZNIKA SERWISOWEGO. • NIEZASTOSOWANIE SIĘ DO TEGO OSTRZEŻENIA MOŻE SPOWODOWAĆ URAZY DOSTAWCY USŁUG, OPERATORA LUB PACJENTA W WYNIKU PORAŻENIA ELEKTRYCZNEGO, ZAGROŻENIA MECHANICZNEGO BĄDŹ INNEGO.

ATENÇÃO (PT)

• ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA DISPONÍVEL EM INGLÊS. • SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIÇO DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA, QUE NÃO A GEMS, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, É DA RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIÇOS DE TRADUÇÃO. • NÃO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÉNCIA TÉCNICA • O NÃO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANÇA DO TÉCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A CHOQUES ELÉTRICOS, MECÂNICOS OU OUTROS.

ATENŢIE (RO)

• ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI ÎN LIMBA ENGLEZĂ. • DACĂ UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENŢI NECESITĂ O ALTĂ LIMBĂ DECÂT CEA ENGLEZĂ, ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI SĂ FURNIZEZE O TRADUCERE. • NU ÎNCERCAŢI SĂ REPARAŢI ECHIPAMENTUL DECÂT ULTERIOR CONSULTĂRII ŞI ÎNŢELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE. • IGNORAREA ACESTUI AVERTISMENT AR PUTEA DUCE LA RĂNIREA DEPANATORULUI, OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI ÎN URMA PERICOLELOR DE ELECTROCUTARE, MECANICE SAU DE ALTĂ NATURĂ.

Page 10

Important Precautions

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

ОСТОРОЖНО! (RU)

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

• ДАННОЕ РУКОВОДСТВО ПО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ ПРЕДЛАГАЕТСЯ ТОЛЬКО НА АНГЛИЙСКОМ ЯЗЫКЕ. • ЕСЛИ СЕРВИСНОМУ ПЕРСОНАЛУ КЛИЕНТА НЕОБХОДИМО РУКОВОДСТВО НЕ НА АНГЛИЙСКОМ, А НА КАКОМ-ТО ДРУГОМ ЯЗЫКЕ, КЛИЕНТУ СЛЕДУЕТ САМОСТОЯТЕЛЬНО ОБЕСПЕЧИТЬ ПЕРЕВОД. • ПЕРЕД ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕМ ОБОРУДОВАНИЯ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНО ОБРАТИТЕСЬ К ДАННОМУ РУКОВОДСТВУ И ПОЙМИТЕ ИЗЛОЖЕННЫЕ В НЕМ СВЕДЕНИЯ. • НЕСОБЛЮДЕНИЕ ТРЕБОВАНИЙ ДАННОГО ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЯ МОЖЕТ ПРИВЕСТИ К ТОМУ, ЧТО СПЕЦИАЛИСТ ПО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ, ОПЕРАТОР ИЛИ ПАЦИЕНТ ПОЛУЧАТ УДАР ЭЛЕКТРИЧЕСКИМ ТОКОМ, МЕХАНИЧЕСКУЮ ТРАВМУ ИЛИ ДРУГОЕ ПОВРЕЖДЕНИЕ.

UPOZORNENIE (SK)

• TENTO NÁVOD NA OBSLUHU JE K DISPOZÍCII LEN V ANGLIČTINE. • AK ZÁKAZNÍKOV POSKYTOVATEĽ SLUŽIEB VYŽADUJE INÝ JAZYK AKO ANGLIČTINU, POSKYTNUTIE PREKLADATEĽSKÝCH SLUŽIEB JE ZODPOVEDNOSŤOU ZÁKAZNÍKA. • NEPOKÚŠAJTE SA O OBSLUHU ZARIADENIA SKÔR, AKO SI NEPREČÍTATE NÁVOD NA OBLUHU A NEPOROZUMIETE MU. • ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA MÔŽE VYÚSTIŤ DO ZRANENIA POSKYTOVATEĽA SLUŽIEB, OBSLUHUJÚCEJ OSOBY ALEBO PACIENTA ELEKTRICKÝM PRÚDOM, DO MECHANICKÉHO ALEBO INÉHO NEBEZPEČENSTVA.

ATENCION (ES)

• ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SOLO EXISTE EN INGLES. • SI ALGUN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA QUE NO SEA EL INGLES, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN SERVICIO DE TRADUCCION. • NO SE DEBERA DAR SERVICIO TECNICO AL EQUIPO, SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO. • LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELÉCTRICAS, MECÁNICAS O DE OTRA NATURALEZA.

Important Precautions

Page 11

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

VARNING (SV)

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

• DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGÄNGLIG PÅ ENGELSKA. • OM EN KUNDS SERVICETEKNIKER HAR BEHOV AV ETT ANNAT SPRÅK ÄN ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN FÖR ATT TILLHANDAHÅLLA ÖVERSÄTTNINGSTJÄNSTER. • FÖRSÖK INTE UTFÖRA SERVICE PÅ UTRUSTNINGEN OM DU INTE HAR LÄST OCH FÖRSTÅR DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN. • OM DU INTE TAR HÄNSYN TILL DEN HÄR VARNINGEN KAN DET RESULTERA I SKADOR PÅ SERVICETEKNIKERN, OPERATÖREN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL FÖLJD AV ELEKTRISKA STÖTAR, MEKANISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA FAROR.

DİKKAT (TR)

• BU SERVİS KILAVUZUNUN SADECE İNGİLİZCESİ MEVCUTTUR. • EĞER MÜŞTERİ TEKNİSYENİ BU KILAVUZU İNGİLİZCE DIŞINDA BİR BAŞKA LİSANDAN TALEP EDERSE, BUNU TERCÜME ETTİRMEK MÜŞTERİYE DÜŞER. • SERVİS KILAVUZUNU OKUYUP ANLAMADAN EKİPMANLARA MÜDAHALE ETMEYİNİZ. • BU UYARIYA UYULMAMASI, ELEKTRİK, MEKANİK VEYA DİĞER TEHLİKELERDEN DOLAYI TEKNİSYEN, OPERATÖR VEYA HASTANIN YARALANMASINA YOL AÇABİLİR.

Page 12

Important Precautions

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write “Damage In Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed for” by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period. Call Service Center, People’s Republic of China, BJ 86-10-800-810-8188, immediately after damage is found. At this time be ready to supply name of carrier, delivery date, consignee name, freight or express bill number, item damaged and extent of damage. Complete instructions regarding claim procedure are found in Section S of the Policy And Procedures Bulletins. 14 July 1993

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE Medical personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical installations) are highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required. In performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers. All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical codes. The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers, personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to perform electrical servicing on the equipment.

IMPORTANT...X-RAY PROTECTION X-ray equipment if not properly used may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General Electric Company, Medical Systems Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use. Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x-radiation other than the useful beam, no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation. It is important that anyone having anything to do with x-radiation be properly trained and fully acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the International Commission on Radiation Protection, and of any other local authorities, and take adequate steps to protect against injury. The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, Medical Systems Group, its agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result from improper use of the equipment. Various protective materials and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices be used.

OMISSIONS & ERRORS Customers, please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives.

Important Precautions

Page 13

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

GE personnel, please use the GEMS CQA Process to report all omissions, errors, and defects in this publication.

Page 14

Important Precautions

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Revision History Revision

Date

Reason for change

1

Dec. 15, 2004 Frist release

2

May 10, 2005 Remove corresponding contents for Analog Systems

3

Apr. 10, 2006 Optimize Installation and calibration, add System checks, and update MIS charts

4

Aug. 4, 2006

5

Nov. 30, 2006 Update Schematics, FRU, Table I/O Board Information

6

Jun. 20,2007

Introduce in new touch screen

7

Jan. 24,2008

Add watchdog installation, CPI touch screen website, DICOM/ DSA/watchdog license labels attachment, collimator mounting screws PM, and update FRU list

Seperate Class A and Class M Service Manual

Revision History

Page 15

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

List of Effected Pages

Page 16

PAGES

REVISION

PAGES

REVISION

1 to 536

1

1 to 470

2

1 to 534

3

1 to 368

4

1 to 372

5

1 to 366

6

1 to 366

7

List of Effected Pages

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Preface Publication Conventions Standardized conventions for representing information is a uniform way of communicating information to a reader in a consistent manner. Conventions are used so that the reader can easily recognize the actions or decisions that must be made. There are a number of character and paragraph styles used in this publication to accomplish this task. Please become familiar with them before proceeding forward. It’s important that you read and understand hazard statements, and not just ignore them.

Section 1.0 Safety & Hazard Information Proper product safety labeling allows a person to safely use or service a product. The format and style for safety communications reflected in this publication represents the harmonization of IEC/ ISO 3864 and ANSI Z535 standards. Within this publication, different paragraph and character styles are used to indicated potential hazards. Paragraph prefixes, such as hazard, caution, danger and warning, are used to identify important safety information. Text (Hazard) styles are applied to the paragraph contents that are applicable to each specific safety statement.

1.1

Hazard Messages Any action that will, could or potentially cause personal injury will be preceded by the safety alert symbol and an appropriate signal word. The safety alert symbol is the triangle with an exclamation mark within it. It’s always used next to the signal word to indicate the severity of the hazard. Together, they are used to indicate a hazard exists. Signal words describe the severity of possible human injures that may be encountered. The alert symbol and signal word are placed immediately before any paragraph they affect. Safety information includes: 1.) Signal Word - The seriousness level of the hazard. 2.) Symbol or Pictorial - The consequence of interaction with the hazard. 3.) Word Message: a.) The nature of the hazard (i.e. the type of hazard) b.) How to avoid the hazard. The safety alert symbol is not used when an action can only cause equipment damage.

1.2

Text Format of Signal Words DANGER - INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF NOT AVOIDED, WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. THIS SIGNAL WORD IS TO BE LIMITED TO THE MOST EXTREME SITUATIONS. WARNING - INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF NOT AVOIDED, COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. Caution - Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices. Preface

Page 17

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

NOTICE - Indicates information or a company policy that relates directly or indirectly to the safety of personnel or protection of property. This signal word is associated directly with a hazard or hazardous situation and is used in place of 'DANGER,' 'WARNING,' or 'CAUTION.' It can include:

1.3

•

Destruction of a disk drive

•

Potential for internal mechanical damage, such as to a X-ray tube

Symbols and Pictorials Used The following Symbols and Pictorials are be used in this publication. These graphical icons (symbols) may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could possibly cause harm.

Page 18

keep_up

magnetic

biohazard

compressgas

ppe-hearing

fragile

impact

corrosive

heavyobject

ppe-2people

static_elec

heat

general

laser

ppe-respitory

keep_dry

pinch

radiation

poisongas

ppe-loto

general

explosive

electrical

flammable

ppe-eye

torque

crush/mechanical

tipping

Read Manual

ppe-gloves

ce

instuction

poisonmatl

entanglement

instuction

Preface

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0 Publication Conventions 2.1

General Paragraph and Character Styles Prefixes are used to highlight important non-safety related information. Paragraph prefixes (such as Purpose, Example, Comment or Note) are used to identify important but non-safety related information. Text styles are also applied to text within each paragraph modified by the specific prefix.

EXAMPLES OF PREFIXES USED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION Purpose: Introduces and provides meaning as to the information contained within the chapter, section or subsection (such as used at the beginning this chapter, for example). Note: Example: Comment:

2.2

Conveys information that should be considered important to the reader. Used to make the reader aware that the paragraph(s) that follow are examples of information possibly stated previously. Represents “additional” information that may or may not be relevant to your situation.

Page Layout Publication Part Number & Revision Number

The current section and its title are always shown in the footer of the left (even) page. An exclamation point in a triangle is used to indicate important information to the user. Paragraphs preceeded by Alphanumeric characters (e.g. numbers) contain information that must be followed in a specific order.

Publication Title

The current chapter and its title are always shown in the footer of the right (odd) page. Paragraphs preceeded by a symbol (e.g. bullets) contain information that has no specific order.

Headers and footers in this publication are designed to allow you to quickly identify your location. The document part number and revision number appears in every header on every page. Odd numbered page footers indicate the current chapter, its title and current page number. Even page footers show the current section and its title, as well as the current page number.

Preface

Page 19

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

2.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles Within this publication, mono-spaced character styles (fonts) are used to indicate computer text that’s either screen input and output. Mono-spaced fonts, such courier, are used to indicated text direction. When you type at your keyboard, you are generating computer input. Occasionally you will see the math operator “greater-than” and “less-than” symbols used to indicate the start and finish of variable output. When reading text generated by the computer, you are reading it as computer generated output. In addition to direction, characters are italicized (e.g. italics) to indicate information specific to your system or site.

Example: Fixed Output

This paragraph’s font represents computer generated screen “fixed” output. Its output is fixed from the sense that it does not vary from application to application. It’s the most commonly used style used to indicate filenames, paths and text that do not change from system to system. The character style used is a fixed width such as courier.

Example: Variable Output

This paragraph’s font represents computer screen output that is “variable”. It’s used to represent output that varies from application to application or system to system. Variable output is sometimes found placed between greater-than and less-than operators for clarification. For example: or <3.45.120.3>. In both cases, the < and > operators are not part of the actual input.

Example: Fixed Input

This paragraph’s font represents fixed input. It’s computer input that is typed-in via the keyboard. Typed input that does not vary from application to application or system to system. Fixed text the user is required to supply as input. For example: cd /usr/3p

Example: Variable Input

This paragraph’s font represents computer input that can vary from application to application or system to system. With variable text, the user is required to supply system dependent input or information. Variable input sometimes is placed between greater-than and less-than operators. For example: . In these cases, the (<>) operators would be dropped prior to input. For example: ypcat hosts | grep <3.45.120.3> would be typed into the computer as ypcat hosts | grep 3.45.120.3 without the greater-than and less-than operators.

2.4

Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys) Different character styles are used to indicate actions requiring the reader to press either a hard or soft button, switch or key. Physical hardware, such as buttons and switches, are called hard keys because they are hard wired or mechanical in nature. A keyboard or on/off switch would be a hard key. Software or computer generated buttons are called soft keys because they are software generated. Software driven menu buttons are an example of such keys. Soft and hard keys are represented differently in this publication.

Example: Hard Keys

A power switch ON/OFF or a keyboard key like ENTER is indicated by applying a character style that uses both over and under-lined bold text that is bold. This is a hard key.

Example: Soft Keys

Whereas the computer MENU button that you would click with your mouse or touch with your hand uses over and under-lined regular text. This is a soft key.

Page 20

Preface

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Glossary of Acroymns & Their Meaning ACROYMN

DEFINITION

ABC / (ABS)

Automatic brightness control/system. Regulates brightness

ABD

Automatic Brightness Detection

ACTOR

A Software Module that performs some function or action

ADC or A/D

Analog to Digital Converter

ADCM

Active Distortion Correction Module

ADCS

Active Distortion Correction System

AEC

Automatic exposure control. Technique used to control brightness signal to cut exposure.

ATHENA

Digital System SW, which runs on the Windows 95 OS and on the Saturn Hardware

ATLAS CORE

Operating system of the X-Ray products

CALYPSO

GEMS’ engine ring name for the System control Software application

CAN

Controller Area Network - A serial communication method in use on Definium 6000.

CANopen

A protocol for a CAN network. Used interchangeably with CAN

CAT

Collimator Alignment Tool

CCD

Charge Coupled Devices

CCU

Camera Control Unit

CDS

Correlated Double Sampling

COTS

Commercial Off The Shelf Tool

CORONA

Engineering name for I/O Circuit Board used in RAD system cabinet

CPU

Central Processing Unit

CPU

Control processor unit. Microprocessor and peripherals which run the software/firmware

DAC

Digital to Analog Converter

DSC

Digital Servo Controller

DSC2

Digital Servo Controller, Version 2

EFC

Earth Field Compensation

FKP

Function key processor. Processor located in RCIM

FOV

Field of View

FPGA

Field programmable gate array. It is programmed by the CPU core after the reset and handles all the exposure control logic including the system interface real-time lines

FRU

Field Replaceable Unit (Spare Part)

G1, G2, G3

Grids 1, 2 and 3

GUI

Graphical User Interface

HALO

Engineering name for Relay Circuit Board used in RAD system cabinet

HOTKEY

Keyboard Shortcut or key strokes used to execute a software command

HV RIPPLE

High voltage variations due to inverter current pulses. Typically measured in percent.

HVPS

High Voltage Power Supply

IGBT

Insulated gate bipolar transistor power switch.

Ilp

HV power inverter parallel resonant current. Current in the parallel inductor Glossary

Page 21

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

ACROYMN

DEFINITION

Ilr

HV power inverter serial resonant current. Current in the serial inductor

IO or I/O

Input/Output

IUI

Integrated User Interface

JEDI

High Voltage Generator for X-Ray tube

LAT

Lateral

LFC

Load from Cold

LONG

Longitudinal

LOTO

LockOut/Tag Out

LP

Line Pair

LSL

Lower Specification Limit

LUT

Look Up Table

MAINS

Hospital Supplied AC Power

MAGIC

System Control Computer / Workstation PC

MITRA

Software supplier for DICOM application SW

MOS

Metal oxyde semiconductor. Power switch

NDF

Neutral Density Filter

NVRAM

Non Volatile Random Access Memory

OEM

Original Equipment Manufacture; Actual manufacturer that makes the device for GEHC.

OLC

On-Line Center

OS

Operating System

OTS

Overhead Tube Suspension

PA

Power Assist

PCI

Pherperial Control Interface

PDF

Portable Document Format

POS

Positioner

RAD

Radiography

R&F

Radiography & Fluoroscopy

RCIM

RAD Control Interface Module.

RED HAT ®

SW version of Linux. Red Hat is an integrator and supplier of the Linux operating system.

ROI

Region of Interest

POT

Potentiometer

RPM

RedHat (Linux) Package Manager software

RS422

A Serial Communications Hardware Connection Type

RT

Real Time

PWA

Printed Wire Board is synonymous with printed circuit board (PCB).

SABER

Applications SW for positioning

SAE

Society of Automotive Engineers - International organization that sets standards for materials and fasteners in both English and Metric units, See www.sae.org

SBC

Single Board Computer

SCAT

System Compatibility Assurance Testing performed by GE prior to delivery.

Page 22

Glossary

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

ACROYMN

DEFINITION

SID

Source to Image Distance - The distance from the X-ray tube focal spot to the image plane (i.e. detector, image intensifier)

STATE MACHINE

Software or hardware functions that handle the state of a computer and authorizes it to go to the next state upon reception of specific events.

SUIF

Service User Interface

SW

Abbreviation for the word Software

SYSTEM CONTROLLER

See MAGIC

SYSTEM RESET

A system reset is accomplished by pressing the green button located on the IUI. Pressing it causes all of the computer to shutdown and restart. Thus re-booting the operating systems and system applications.

TTL

Transistor to Transistor Logic

UPS

Un-interruptible Power Supply

U/T

Abbreviation for Under Table

USL

Upper Specification Limit

XT

X-Ray Tube

Glossary

Page 23

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 24

Glossary

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Table of Contents Preface Publication Conventions ...................................................................................... 17 Section 1.0 Safety & Hazard Information ........................................................................... 17 1.1 1.2 1.3

Hazard Messages............................................................................................................ 17 Text Format of Signal Words ........................................................................................... 17 Symbols and Pictorials Used ........................................................................................... 18

Section 2.0 Publication Conventions ................................................................................. 19 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

General Paragraph and Character Styles........................................................................ Page Layout..................................................................................................................... Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles .................................................... Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys) ...........................................

19 19 20 20

Glossary of Acroymns & Their Meaning ............................................................ 21 Chapter 1 - Before You Begin............................................................................... 35 Section 1.0 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 35 Section 2.0 Objective and Scope of this Manual............................................................... 35 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

Pre-Installation Check...................................................................................................... Installation Plan ............................................................................................................... Interconnection ................................................................................................................ Presentation.....................................................................................................................

35 35 35 36

Section 3.0 On-Site Requirements...................................................................................... 36 3.1 3.2 3.3

EMC Requirements ......................................................................................................... 36 Tools and Test Equipment............................................................................................... 36 Documentation................................................................................................................. 36

Section 4.0 Description of System ..................................................................................... 37 Section 5.0 Installation Process ......................................................................................... 38

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation .......................................................................... 43 Section 1.0 System Installation Guide ............................................................................... 43 1.1 1.2

Mechanical Installation .................................................................................................... 43 Electrical (Config. Calibration...Finalization) .................................................................... 44

Table of Contents

Page 25

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0 Installation Handoff Checklist ......................................................................... 46 Section 3.0 Cables ................................................................................................................ 50 3.1 3.2 3.3

Routing............................................................................................................................ 50 System Cables ................................................................................................................ 50 EMC Compliance ............................................................................................................ 50

Section 4.0 Positioner Table................................................................................................ 51 4.1 4.2 4.3

Unpack ............................................................................................................................ Position Table ................................................................................................................. Install Table..................................................................................................................... 4.3.1 Demount Lock Screw ......................................................................................... 4.3.2 Table Tilt Motor .................................................................................................. 4.3.3 Digital Spot Device............................................................................................. 4.3.4 Wiring Harness Bracket ..................................................................................... 4.3.5 Tube Stand......................................................................................................... 4.3.6 Tilt Table to Vertical Position.............................................................................. 4.3.7 I.I. ....................................................................................................................... 4.3.8 X-Ray Tube ........................................................................................................ 4.3.9 Collimator ...........................................................................................................

51 53 55 55 55 58 60 61 63 64 69 75

Section 5.0 Generator Cabinet ............................................................................................ 80 5.1 5.2

Unpack ............................................................................................................................ 80 Install Generator.............................................................................................................. 82

Section 6.0 PDU Cabinet ...................................................................................................... 89 6.1 6.2

Unpack ............................................................................................................................ 89 Install PDU ...................................................................................................................... 90

Section 7.0 Integrated Console ........................................................................................... 92 7.1 7.2

Unpack ............................................................................................................................ 92 Install Integrated Console ............................................................................................... 93

Section 8.0 Electrical Connections ..................................................................................... 99 Section 9.0 Accessories..................................................................................................... 101 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8

Install Compressor Force .............................................................................................. Install Barium Meal Cup Pad......................................................................................... Install Microphone ......................................................................................................... Install Footrest............................................................................................................... Install Side Armrest ....................................................................................................... Install Shoulder Pad ...................................................................................................... Install Upper Armrest .................................................................................................... Install Compression Band (Optional) ............................................................................

101 102 102 102 104 105 106 107

Section 10.0 Fix Table .......................................................................................................... 109 Page 26

Table of Contents

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 11.0 Footstep Installation (Optional) .................................................................... 110 Section 12.0 Final Cover Installation.................................................................................. 110 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4

Install Table Covers ....................................................................................................... Install Generator Cabinet Covers .................................................................................. Install PDU Cabinet Covers ........................................................................................... Install Integrated Console Covers..................................................................................

110 111 112 113

Section 13.0 Labels and Rating Plates............................................................................... 113 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6

System........................................................................................................................... Table.............................................................................................................................. Generator....................................................................................................................... PDU ............................................................................................................................... Integrated Console ........................................................................................................ DICOM/DSA/Watchdog License Labels ........................................................................

113 114 117 117 118 119

Section 14.0 MI ==> FE Handoff Checklist......................................................................... 119 Section 15.0 FE==> Apps Handoff Checklist..................................................................... 120 Section 16.0 Final Steps ...................................................................................................... 121 16.1 16.2

Database Backup .......................................................................................................... 121 Final Installation and Admin Tasks ................................................................................ 121

Chapter 3 - System Checks ................................................................................ 123 Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration ............................................................. 129 Section 1.0 Hardware ......................................................................................................... 129 1.1 1.2

1.3 1.4 1.5

Table.............................................................................................................................. 1.1.1 Table Logic I/O Board (2408348-1) Configuration............................................ Generator....................................................................................................................... 1.2.1 DSS PWBA (5123287) Configuration ............................................................... 1.2.2 Digital Input Board ............................................................................................ 1.2.3 ABC Jumper Setting ......................................................................................... 1.2.4 AEC Jumper Setting ......................................................................................... PDU ............................................................................................................................... Integrated Console ........................................................................................................ 1.4.1 Console Interface Board ................................................................................... Collimator.......................................................................................................................

129 129 130 130 130 130 131 132 133 133 133

Section 2.0 Softwares ........................................................................................................ 135 2.1

Touch Screen Software ................................................................................................. 135 2.1.1 System Power Up / Power Off .......................................................................... 135 2.1.2 Touch Screen Utility Installation ....................................................................... 137 Table of Contents

Page 27

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 2.2 2.3

2.4

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2.1.3 Configuration.................................................................................................... Recovery ....................................................................................................................... DSA............................................................................................................................... 2.3.1 Concept Definition............................................................................................ 2.3.2 Uninstallation.................................................................................................... 2.3.3 Installation ........................................................................................................ 2.3.4 Setup and Activation ........................................................................................ 2.3.5 Grab Setup....................................................................................................... 2.3.6 Configure DSA / DICOM Function Environment Parameters........................... 2.3.7 Exit DSA........................................................................................................... 2.3.8 The ROCKEY driver installation ....................................................................... Software Backup / Restore ........................................................................................... 2.4.1 Generator Parameters Backup / Restore ......................................................... 2.4.2 PCU Parameters Backup / Restore ................................................................. 2.4.3 APR Upload .....................................................................................................

139 161 164 164 164 170 173 179 182 188 188 190 190 192 194

Section 3.0 Image ............................................................................................................... 196 3.1

3.2

3.3

Tube Conditioning / Seasoning ..................................................................................... 3.1.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 3.1.2 Procedure......................................................................................................... ABC............................................................................................................................... 3.2.1 ABC Loop Introduction ..................................................................................... 3.2.2 ABC Calibration Overview................................................................................ AEC............................................................................................................................... 3.3.1 AEC Overview.................................................................................................. 3.3.2 Preliminary AEC setup .....................................................................................

196 196 196 198 198 198 199 199 199

Section 4.0 Network............................................................................................................ 200 4.1 4.2

DICOM Configuration.................................................................................................... 200 DSA Activation .............................................................................................................. 200

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation ........................................................................ 201 Section 1.0 Positioner Table.............................................................................................. 201 1.1

1.2

Main Function................................................................................................................ 1.1.1 Table Movement .............................................................................................. 1.1.2 Exposure Management .................................................................................... Architecture .................................................................................................................. 1.2.1 Kernel Board .................................................................................................... 1.2.2 Block Diagram..................................................................................................

201 201 201 201 201 202

Section 2.0 Generator......................................................................................................... 203 Section 3.0 PDU .................................................................................................................. 203 3.1 3.2 3.3

Page 28

Fuction .......................................................................................................................... 203 Architecture ................................................................................................................... 203 Block Diagram............................................................................................................... 203

Table of Contents

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0 Integrated Console......................................................................................... 204 4.1

4.2

Function ......................................................................................................................... 4.1.1 Power Supply.................................................................................................... 4.1.2 Intercom............................................................................................................ 4.1.3 System Interface............................................................................................... Architecture.................................................................................................................... 4.2.1 Kernel Board..................................................................................................... 4.2.2 Block Diagram ..................................................................................................

204 204 204 204 204 204 205

Section 5.0 Image Chain .................................................................................................... 206 5.1 5.2 5.3

Main Feature.................................................................................................................. 206 Theory of Operation....................................................................................................... 206 Block Diagram ............................................................................................................... 207

Section 6.0 Digital Box....................................................................................................... 209

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting .............................................................................. 211 Section 1.0 Positioner Table ......................................................................... 211 1.1

1.2

1.3

Digital System................................................................................................................ 1.1.1 Table Movement Function Disable ................................................................... 1.1.2 Tube Fan Not Work .......................................................................................... 1.1.3 Anode Not Work ............................................................................................... 1.1.4 Collimator Lamp Not Light Up........................................................................... 1.1.5 Collimator Movement Issue .............................................................................. 1.1.6 FOV Indication Error ......................................................................................... Diagnostic Program ....................................................................................................... 1.2.1 Process............................................................................................................. 1.2.2 7 Seg LED Display Rule ................................................................................... Inverter BOP Function and Display Message................................................................ 1.3.1 BOP .................................................................................................................. 1.3.2 Displays and Messages....................................................................................

211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 218 218 221 221 224

Section 2.0 Generator ........................................................................................................ 225 Section 3.0 PDU.................................................................................................................. 226 Section 4.0 Integrated Console......................................................................................... 227 4.1

4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6

Intercom Trouble............................................................................................................ 4.1.1 Voice from Table Speaker ................................................................................ 4.1.2 Voice from Console Speaker ............................................................................ Console I/F Board.......................................................................................................... Console Light Abnormal ................................................................................................ Emergency Fault............................................................................................................ Remote Function Fault .................................................................................................. Touch Screen Issue.......................................................................................................

Table of Contents

227 227 228 229 230 231 232 233

Page 29

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5.0 Image Chain (I.C.) ........................................................................................... 234 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6

Image Noise .................................................................................................................. kV Increase to the Max. Value When ABC Fluoro ........................................................ No AEC Function .......................................................................................................... No Image Acquisition with X-ray Exposure ................................................................... No Image during Fluoro ................................................................................................ No Spot Function ..........................................................................................................

235 236 237 238 239 240

Section 6.0 Digital Box ....................................................................................................... 241 6.1

6.2

Error Code..................................................................................................................... 6.1.1 Error Code Format ........................................................................................... 6.1.2 Error Type ........................................................................................................ 6.1.3 Error Location................................................................................................... 6.1.4 Error Code........................................................................................................ Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................

241 242 242 242 242 243

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance ..................................................................... 251 Section 1.0 General ............................................................................................................ 251 1.1 1.2 1.3

Man Power Required .................................................................................................... 251 Maintenance Interval..................................................................................................... 251 Required Tools.............................................................................................................. 251

Section 2.0 Preventive Maintenance Action List ................................. 252 Section 3.0 Preventive Maintenance................................................................................. 254 3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4 Page 30

General ......................................................................................................................... 254 3.1.1 General Cleaning and Painting ........................................................................ 254 3.1.2 Visual Inspection .............................................................................................. 255 Positioner Table ............................................................................................................ 255 3.2.1 Insulated Resistance Check............................................................................. 255 3.2.2 Collimator Field Lamp Illumination ................................................................... 255 3.2.3 AEC Check....................................................................................................... 256 3.2.4 Tilting Motor V-belt Check ................................................................................ 256 3.2.5 Tilting Guide Bearing Check ............................................................................ 256 3.2.6 Table Lateral Movement Gear Check .............................................................. 256 3.2.7 Compression Force Check............................................................................... 256 3.2.8 Compression Cone Roller Check ..................................................................... 257 Generator ...................................................................................................................... 258 3.3.1 Maintenance Schedule..................................................................................... 258 3.3.2 Indico 100 Oil Fill / Level Check ....................................................................... 259 3.3.3 Cleaning ........................................................................................................... 259 3.3.4 Check the Fixing and Intactness of Anode Rotation Cable and Thermal Protection Cable 260 3.3.5 Tube Conditioning / Seasoning ........................................................................ 260 3.3.6 End of Product Life........................................................................................... 261 Touch Screen................................................................................................................ 261 Table of Contents

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.5

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.4.1 AEC .................................................................................................................. 3.4.2 ABC .................................................................................................................. Digital Box...................................................................................................................... 3.5.1 DSA Software Function .................................................................................... 3.5.2 Hospital Ethernet .............................................................................................. 3.5.3 CD-R/W Check .................................................................................................

261 262 262 262 263 263

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts .................................................................................. 265 Section 1.0 Positioner Table ............................................................................................. 265 Section 2.0 Generator ......................................................... 270 Section 3.0 PDU .............................................................. 274 Section 4.0 System Console ................................................... 275 Section 5.0 Image Chain....................................................... 278 Section 6.0 X-ray Source ...................................................... 279 Section 7.0 Miscable .......................................................... 282

Chapter 9 - Master Interconnect System Map................................................... 285 Section 1.0 Scope............................................................................................................... 285 Section 2.0 Symbols/Conventions.................................................................................... 285 Section 3.0 Digital System MIS Map ................................................................................. 285

Chapter 10 - Schematics..................................................................................... 289 Section 1.0 Positioner Table ............................................................................................. 289 1.1 1.2

Digital System Table Schematics .................................................................................. 289 Digital System Table Cable Routing .............................................................................. 292

Section 2.0 Generator ........................................................................................................ 293 Section 3.0 PDU.................................................................................................................. 294 3.1

Digital System PDU Schematics.................................................................................... 294

Table of Contents

Page 31

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0 Integrated Console ......................................................................................... 296 4.1

Digital System Console Schematics ............................................................................. 296

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart........................................................................................ 301 Section 1.0 Scope ............................................................................................................... 301 Section 2.0 How to Use ...................................................................................................... 301 Section 3.0 MIS Charts ....................................................................................................... 302 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.28 3.29 3.30 3.31 3.32 3.33 3.34 3.35 3.36 3.37 3.38 Page 32

System Main Input Power Cable................................................................................... 2408885, Console Interface Board Power Cable.......................................................... 2408886, Cabinet TDSP CN333 Signal Cable.............................................................. 2408887, Generator ROOM Interface Cable ................................................................ 2408888, PCU Generator Interface Cable .................................................................... 2408889, CPI RS232 Communication Cable................................................................ 2408892, TDSP Ground Cable ..................................................................................... 2408896, AC DC Module 1 Power Input Cable............................................................. 2408897, AC DC Module 2 Power Input Cable............................................................. 2408898, DeskBottom Ground Cable ........................................................................... 2408899, Desk Ground Cable....................................................................................... 2408902, PCU Power Cable ......................................................................................... 2408905-1, Image Monitor Power Cable ...................................................................... 2408907, Camera Control Cable .................................................................................. 2408912, Brightness Adj. Assembly ............................................................................. 2408913, Contrast Adj. Assembly................................................................................. 2408914, Intercomm Power Cable................................................................................ 2408924, Console MIC Audio Cable............................................................................. 2408925, Console Speaker Audio Cable ...................................................................... 2409055, TDSP CN331 MIS Cable............................................................................... 2409056, TDSP CN332 MIS Cable............................................................................... 2409360, DSA SYNC Signal Cable .............................................................................. 2409361, DSA 1750 Card RT Control Cable ................................................................ 2409362, Generator Digital Interface Cable.................................................................. 2409364, DSA Video RGB Cable ................................................................................. 2409365, DSA LVDS Convert Cable ............................................................................ 2409366, Camera Link Cable ....................................................................................... 2409492, CPI Input Power Cable1 U ............................................................................ 2409493, CPI Input Power Cable2 V ............................................................................ 2409494, CPI Input Power Cable3 W ........................................................................... 2409495, CPI Ground Cable 4#.................................................................................... 2409496, Microphone Volume Adjust Cable................................................................. 2409497, Speaker Volume Adjust Cable ...................................................................... 2409498, II Power and Control Cable ........................................................................... 2409500, System Console Power Cable 2 core ........................................................... 2409501, System Console Ground Cable 8#................................................................ 2409502, Table Power Cable 3 core............................................................................. 2409503, Table Ground Cable 8#................................................................................. Table of Contents

302 302 303 305 306 306 307 307 308 308 308 309 309 310 312 312 313 313 314 314 316 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 325 325 326 326 327 327 328 328 328

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 3.39 3.40 3.41 3.42 3.43 3.44 3.45 3.46 3.47 3.48 3.49 3.50 3.51 3.52 3.53 3.54 3.55 3.56 3.57 3.58 3.59 3.60 3.61 3.62 3.63 3.64 3.65 3.66 3.67 3.68 3.69 3.70 3.71 3.72 3.73 3.74 3.75 3.76 3.77 3.78 3.79 3.80 3.81 3.82 3.83 3.84 3.85 3.86 3.87 3.88 3.89 3.90

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409505-6, Tube Fan Power Cable 2 core.................................................................... 2409507, Tube Anode Power Cable 5 core................................................................... 2409508, Tube Ground Cable 10# ................................................................................ 2409637, PDU Power ON Cable 2 core ........................................................................ 2409700-1, Audio Cable ................................................................................................ 2409797, AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable ....................................................................... 2409811, Table Board Interface Cable 1....................................................................... 2409812, Table Board Interface Cable 2....................................................................... 2409813, Table Tilt Over Switch Cable ......................................................................... 2409814, Table Tilt Stop Switch Cable.......................................................................... 2409815, Table Limit Switch Cable ............................................................................... 2409816, Table IO Board Power Cable......................................................................... 2409817, Cassette Signal Cable ................................................................................... 2409818, Table Relay Control Cable............................................................................. 2409819, Cassette Swich Cable.................................................................................... 2409820, Collimator Control Cable................................................................................ 2409821, Table Top Motor Cable .................................................................................. 2409822, Table Relay Board Power Cable ................................................................... 2409823, Tilt Inverter Control Cable.............................................................................. 2409824, Tube Inverter Control Cable .......................................................................... 2409825, Switch Power Input Cable.............................................................................. 2409826, Tilt Motor Power Cable .................................................................................. 2409827, Tube Motor Power Cable............................................................................... 2409828, Console Move Control Input Cable................................................................ 2409829, Console Spot Control Input Cable ................................................................. 2409830, Transformer Collimator Cable........................................................................ 2409831, II Power Cable ............................................................................................... 2409832, Compressor Motor Control Cable .................................................................. 2409833, Collimator Power Cable ................................................................................. 2409835, Collimator Control Cable 2............................................................................. 2410123, PCU Ground Cable........................................................................................ 5119273-1, Table Power in Harness 1 .......................................................................... 5119273-2, Table Power in Harness 2 .......................................................................... 5119273-3, Table Power in Harness 3 .......................................................................... 5119273-4, Table Power In Harness 4 .......................................................................... 5119258, Console Footswitch Assembly....................................................................... 5119274, Table Top Transverse Limit SW Cable.......................................................... 5119276-1, Table Tube Movement LS Cable1.............................................................. 5119276-2, Table Tube Movement LS Cable2.............................................................. 5119276-3, Table Tube Movement LS Cable3.............................................................. 5119278, Table Side SW Cable2 .................................................................................. 5119983, Table Audio Cable ......................................................................................... 5119984, Compressor Assembly Cable ........................................................................ 5119985, Table Audio Cable2 ....................................................................................... 5119986, RC Contact Suppression Cable..................................................................... 5119987, Table Ground Cable1 .................................................................................... 5119988, Table Ground Cable2 .................................................................................... 5119989, Table Ground Cable3 .................................................................................... 5119990-1, Table Base Ground Cable .......................................................................... 5119990-2, Table Teminal Ground Cable ..................................................................... 5121492, Table Ground Cable5 .................................................................................... 5121493, Table Ground Cable6 .................................................................................... Table of Contents

329 329 330 330 331 331 332 334 335 335 336 337 338 338 339 339 340 340 341 342 342 343 343 344 344 344 345 345 346 347 347 348 348 349 349 349 350 350 351 351 352 353 353 354 354 354 355 355 355 356 356 356

Page 33

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 3.91 3.92 3.93 3.94 3.95 3.96 3.97 3.98 3.99 3.100 3.101 3.102 3.103 3.104 3.105 3.106 3.107 3.108

Page 34

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5121494, Table Ground Cable7.................................................................................... 5121496, In-Room Foot Switch..................................................................................... 5121497, In-Room Console Move Control Input Cable ................................................ 5121655, Compressor Limit Switch Cable .................................................................... 5121656, Collimator Transformer Cable2 ..................................................................... 5121657, Tower Push Switch Cable ............................................................................. 5122285, Cable from PCU to CCD Camera ................................................................. 5122517, Digital Box KeyBoard Bracket Left Side Grounding Cable............................ 5122518, Digital Box KeyBoard Bracket Right Side Grounding Cable ......................... 5122632, HV Cable....................................................................................................... 5123315, CPI Touchscreen Console Communication Cable........................................ 5124835, CPI Touchscreen Console GND Cable......................................................... 5127788, Grounding Cable ........................................................................................... 5160781, PCU Communication Cable .......................................................................... 5162261, In-Room Monitor VGA Cable ........................................................................ 5162380, In-Room Monitor Power Cable...................................................................... 5162732, GenWare Communication Cable .................................................................. 5162733, Collimator Light Switch MIS Cable................................................................

Table of Contents

357 357 358 358 359 359 360 361 361 361 362 362 362 363 364 364 365 365

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 1 - Before You Begin Section 1.0 Introduction The goal of this document is to guide the service representative through an entire X-ray room installation. The following On-site Requirements must be accounted for prior to beginning installation of the system.

Section 2.0 Objective and Scope of this Manual This direction will lead you in a correct sequence through the manuals needed to install the equipment. Following the suggested sequence will result in an orderly installation. However, extenuating circumstances may dictate a deviation from the recommended sequence. Feel free to deviate, but keep track of your progress by checking off the tasks in the flowchart as you complete them. Check equipment according to the packing list for your system against the main catalog numbers in the FDO (Field Delivery Order). Also, verify that all the manuals are present in the binders according to the Table of Contents. Before starting to install the system, identify all the cables and check their length to verify that they are long enough. If you find a short cable, contact us immediately so we can send the required length cable to you and thereby, not delay the installation.

2.1

Pre-Installation Check Pre-installation planning should be complete. Inspect the pre-installation “checklist”, found in GEMS document 2406877-100 (Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System Pre-Installation Manual), and verify that the tasks specified have been completed. Immediately arrange for completion of any tasks still not completed.

2.2

Installation Plan The main steps in the installation plan are easily seen by referring to the Table of Contents of this document. The plan objectives are to: Give a logical installation order which recognizes mechanical and electrical interface areas. Test and adjust each subsystem independently. To obtain a good overall view of how these objectives are to be achieved review the Table of Contents for this document before beginning the installation work. Then, if it is necessary to deviate from the stated plan, you will be aware of the essential interface area. This document will give you the information required to make another effective plan that applies to particular situations.

2.3

Interconnection Interconnection of products by furnished cables or contractor supplied wiring is indicated by numbered MIS runs in the installation sections. Run interconnect charts are available, which describe the connection and function of each wire. Chapter 1 - Before You Begin

Page 35

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

For Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System, refer to the following:

2.4

•

Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System MIS Map (Chapter 9)

•

Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System Schematics (Chapter 10)

•

Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System MIS Chart (Chapter 11)

Presentation The procedures in this steering manual are presented in jobcard forms.

Section 3.0 On-Site Requirements 3.1

EMC Requirements If electromagnetic compliance is mandatory for the local country where this system is installed, this equipment is allowed to be installed only in X-ray protected rooms, which provide an attenuation of at least 12 dB for radio disturbances from 30 MHz to 1 GHz.

3.2

Tools and Test Equipment There are no additional tools and test equipment besides the standard service representative tool kit which must be available before installing the Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System as below.

3.3

•

Electric hammer drill with bits

•

Digital multimeter

•

4 Ft. Level (or two standard levels)

•

Torque wrench

•

HV cable removal spanner

•

Push-pull Gauge

•

Silicone grease / High Voltage Transformer oil

•

Common service tools

•

Resolution Pattern

•

Dose Meter

•

Power cable

Documentation Directions are necessary for correct installation of the Pecision THUNIS-800+ R&F System. Procedures from each document will be used and reflect the latest information available at this time. Not all procedures in this manual apply to all sites. Before you begin installation, cross out the procedures that do not apply to your site.

Page 36

Section 3.0 - On-Site Requirements

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0 Description of System 5

4

1

3

7 8

2

6

Figure 1-1 Basic Configuration The Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System is divided in to basic components: 1.) Generator Cabinet

2.) Power Distribution Unit (PDU)

3.) Integrated Console

4.) Touch Screen Console

5.) 18" LCD

6.) Positioner Table

7.) A196 X-ray Tube

8.) Collimator

Chapter 1 - Before You Begin

Page 37

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5.0 Installation Process See System Installation Roadmap & Applied Time Standards on the next page.

Page 38

Section 5.0 - Installation Process

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL This page is intentionally left blank.

Chapter 1 - Before You Begin

Page 39

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

Page 40

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5.0 - Installation Process

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

DAY 1 DAY 1 Unpack & Position Table Refer to Page 51 and Page 53 2 Person 1 Hour

DAY 1

DAY 1

DAY 1

DAY 1

Demount Lock Screw

Table Tilt Motor

Digital Spot Device

Refer to Page 55

Refer to Page 55

1 Person 0.25 Hour

2 Person 0.5 Hour

DAY 1

DAY 1

DAY 1

DAY 1

Refer to Page 58

Wiring Harness Bracket Refer to Page 60

Refer to Page 61

Tilt Table to Vertical Position Refer to Page 63

2 Person 0.5 Hour

2 Person 0.25 Hour

2 Person 0.5 Hour

1 Person 0.25 Hour

DAY 1

Tube Stand

DAY 1

DAY 1

I.I.

A196 X-Ray Tube

Collimator

Unpack Generator

Install Generator

Refer to Page 64

Refer to Page 71

Refer to Page 75

Refer to Page 80

Refer to Page 82

2 Person 1 Hour

2 Person 0.5 Hour

2 Person 0.5 Hour

2 Person 1 Hour

2 Person 2 Hours

To Be Continued

DAY 2 DAY 2

DAY 2

Unpack PDU

Install PDU

Refer to Page 89 2 People 1 Hour

DAY 2

Cleanup Site

DAY 2

DAY 2

DAY 2

DAY 2

Install Integrated Console Refer to Page 93

Electrical Connections Refer to Page 99

Accessories

Fix Table

Refer to Page 90

Unpack Integrated Console Refer to Page 92

Refer to Page 101

Refer to Page 109

2 Person 1 Hour

2 Person 1 Hour

2 Person 2 Hour

1 Person 0.5 Hour

1 Person 0.5 Hour

2 Person 1 Hour

DAY 2

DAY 2

Complete MI, Equipment and Personnel Readiness

Power Up

DAY 2 Chapter 4 - System Checks Refer to Page 123

To Be Continued

1 Person 4 Hour

DAY 3 DAY 3

DAY 3

DAY 3

Chapter 4 - System Checks (Cont.) Refer to Page 123

Chapter 5 - Configuraton & Calibration

Final Cover Installation

Labels and Rating Plates

Refer to Page 129 1 Person 2 Hour

Refer to Page 110 1 Person 0.5 Hour

Refer to Page 113 1 Person 0.5 Hour

1 Person 4 Hour

DAY 2

Page 41

DAY 3

DAY 3 Preliminary Application Training Refer to PS800+ Operator Manual (2406878-100)

Turn Over to Customer

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

Page 42

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Installation is broken into two primary tasks: mechanical and electrical. Mechanical tasks focus on the physical aspects of hardware assembly, equipment positioning, and cabling. Electrical tasks are performed when system power is applied. The primary tasks are designed to be performed in sequence. Follow the sequence of tasks describe for each primary task in Section Section 1.0 that follow.

Section 1.0 System Installation Guide 1.1

Mechanical Installation

1

Complete Pre-Installation Checklist People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 4 Fill out the Pre-Installation Checklist to confirm completion of pre-install activities before beginning the installation process.

2

Receive and Inventory System

People Required: 2

Hours to Complete: 4

Inventory equipment & report discrepancies immediately Collect Product Locator Cards and store in a secure location Plan route and transport equipment to room 3

Install Positioner Table

People Required: 2

Hours to Complete: 5

People Required: 2

Hours to Complete: 3

Remove table from shipping container. Position table according to site plans & drawings. Demount lock screw. Install table tilt motor. Install digital spot device. Mount wiring harness bracket. Install tube stand. Tilt table to vertical position. Install I.I. Install X-ray tube. Install cooling fan. Install X-ray collimator. 4

Install Generator Cabinet Remove generator cabinet from shipping container.

Position generator cabinet according to site plans & drawings, and secure.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 43

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL (Continued)

5

Install PDU Cabinet

People Required: 2

Hours to Complete: 2

Remove PDU cabinet from shipping container. Position PDU cabinet according to site plans & drawings, and secure. 6

Install Integrated Console

People Required: 2

Hours to Complete: 3

Remove integrated console from shipping container. Position integrated console according to site plans & drawings, and secure. Install in-room monitor and in-room brake (optional). 7 8

Electrical Connections

People Required: 2

Hours to Complete: 0.25

Install Accessories

People Required: 2

Hours to Complete: 0.25

Install compressor force and barium meal cup pad. Install microphone. Install table top accessories. 9

Fix Table

People Required: 2

Hours to Complete: 1

10

Intall Footstep (optional)

People Required: 1

Hours to Complete: 0.5

11

Cleanup Site

People Required: 2

Hours to Complete: 0.5

Remove and dispose of shipping materials and tools properly. 12

Complete MI==>FE Handoff Checklist People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 0.5 Mechanical installer to fill out handoff checklist and deliver to local FE at completion of mechanical installation.

1.2

Electrical (Config. Calibration...Finalization)

1

Complete MI==>FE Handoff Checklist People Required: 1 Hours to Complete: 0.5 Local FE to fill out handoff checklist to confirm completion of mechanical installation before continuing with the installation process.

2

Equipment and Personnel Readiness

People Required: 1

Hours to Complete: 0.5

Verify equipment is configured per the site plans and drawings. Verify that the resistance between subsystems grounds is less than 0.1 ohms. Fix and/or report any discrepancies. 3

System Checks

People Required: 1

Hours to Complete: 4

4

Configure and Calibrate System

People Required: 1

Hours to Complete: 2

Power Up system. Configure System parameters. Page 44

Section 1.0 - System Installation Guide

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Calibrate System (In the order specified, perform the calibrations). 5

Install Subsystem Protective Covers

People Required: 1

Hours to Complete: 0.5

People Required: 1

Hours to Complete: 0.5

People Required: 1

Hours to Complete: 0.5

Tube covers. Generator cabinet covers. PDU cabinet cover. Integrated console covers. 6

Attach Warning Labels and Rating Plates Attach all the warning labels and detent markers.

7

Customer Turnover Backup System Data Bases. Complete & Return Product (i.e; Locator) Cards.

If your country requires the product rating plate to be in the language of that country, follow the instructions on document #45474336. Paste the appropriate language label over the English rating plate. The rating plate labels are: 2379361 (Spanish), 2379361-2 (German), 2379361-3 (French), 2379361-4 (Italian).

Perform general house keeping tasks and turn system over to user. 8

Complete FE==>Apps Handoff Checklist People Required: 1 Hours to Complete: 0.5 Field Engineer to fill out handoff checklist and deliver to Applications Specialist at completion of installation.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 45

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0 Installation Handoff Checklist Pre-Installation Checklist Delivery Date:

Sales Person:

Customer:

FDO No.:

Room #

Equipment: Physical Requirements of Site

Completed

1.) Room size adequate for intended equipment configuration? 2.) Floor is strong enough for intended equipment and mounting methods approved – seismic regulatory codes considered? 3.) Delivery route accommodates all intended equipment? 4.) Radiation physicist consulted? 5.) Necessary alterations made to circumvent obstructions? 6.) Modifications to room finished? 7.) Supports, platforms materials been provided? 8.) Support structures installed for floor and wall mounted equipment? 9.) Has floor been modified for cable ducts? 10.) Electrical service in place – at the ratings specified in pre-installation documentation? 11.) Power available to operate power tools? 12.) All non-electrical lines (air, water, oxygen, vacuum) installed? Interconnections 1.) Signal cable, power and grounding plans produced? 2.) Necessary interconnection hardware, such as junction boxes, conduit or raceways, and fittings provided? 3.) Interconnection hardware installed? 4.) Flexible, stranded wire provided for System input power connection? 5.) System “feeder” power cables pulled and sufficient length available at disconnect box for connections? 6.) Interconnecting cables continuity checked, and labeled? 7.) All high voltage cable lengths verified? 8.) Interface information available for equipment?

Page 46

Section 2.0 - Installation Handoff Checklist

Completed

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

General

Completed

1.) Walls and floor clear of all obstructions? 2.) Walls finished? 3.) Finished floor installed? 4.) Room lights installed? 5.) Dust-creating work completed? 6.) Old equipment within room removed? 7.) Component positions clearly marked on floor? 8.) Space available to store equipment? 9.) Lock on door, or locked room available? 10.) Room IP Addresses for DICOM and Broadband identified? 11.) Broadband connection provided for InSite connection? OR If Broadband connection will not be used, is dedicated inbound “dialup” phone line provided for InSite connection? 12.) Voice phone line connection provided? 13.) Have all fire/safety inspections for occupancy been completed? 14.) Send completed checklist to the GE Healthcare installation team.

Comments:

Inspection Date(s):

Installation Project Manager Signature

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 47

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

MI ==> FE Handoff Checklist Purpose:

Mechanical Installer to Field Engineer handoff checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed. Upon completion of the mechanical installation of the system, the Mechanical Installer must fill out this checklist and review with the local Field Engineer.

Item # 1.)

Item Power and ground cables connected and tightened: Power cables (how many?, where?) Ground cables (how many?, where?)

2.)

All signal cables connected and tightened.

3.)

Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many?, where? TBD).

4.)

All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor, wall and ceiling).

5.)

Control room cables properly dressed.

6.)

Correct language decal applied to touch screen and DSA.

7.)

All covers installed.

8.)

Room cleaned.

9.)

Product locator cards collected.

10.)

Missing components and/or options:

11.)

List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should be signed by customer and reviewed by the installation specialist).

12.)

Packing materials disposed of.

13.)

Dollies and crates returned: Positioner table dolly

____________________________________

____________________________________

Mechanical Installer Signature

Field Engineer Signature

Page 48

Section 2.0 - Installation Handoff Checklist

Sign Off

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

FE ==> Apps Handoff Checklist Purpose:

Field Engineer to Application Specialist handoff checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed.

Item #

Item

1.)

Have all calibrations been completed?

2.)

Have the sample images been installed on the system?

3.)

Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?

4.)

All appropriate regulatory labels installed:

Sign Off

X-ray tube focal spot Warning labels Rating plates 5.)

InSite checkout completed?

6.)

Have functional checks been completed?

7.)

Are all covers installed?

8.)

Have all protective tape/coverings been removed? Table foot pedal

9.)

Are there any cosmetic issues?

10.)

Are there any system issues?

11.)

Are there any functional limitations?

12.)

Has system documentation (paper and CDROM) been given to the customer? Also, for VA sites, has 2nd set of documentation been given to the customer?

13.)

Is the hospital scheduling system (HIS/RIS) configured? Does the modality display MWL (Modality WorkList) responses successfully?

14.)

Are printers configured and printer calibrations done on ALL printers?

15.)

Are PACS configured and SMPTE and/or test images pushed to system for successful display (be sure burn/no burn is properly set for PACS)?

16.)

Has local physics inspection been completed. Some states/sites may not allow use of system for patients until this is done.

17.)

Has backup of pristine system been performed? (Patient Data Base as well as total system backup)

18.)

Has Application Specialist received all checklists: Pre-Installation MI to FE checklist FE to Apps checklist

____________________________________

____________________________________

Mechanical Installer Signature

Field Engineer Signature

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 49

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0 Cables 3.1

3.2

Routing •

System MIS cables should be pulled to/from the System Cabinet before the System Cabinet is moved into the final mounting position.

•

Some system cables are pre-connected to a sub-system and should not be disconnected in order to pull the cable(s) through the conduits or wall ducts. Therefore, the following cables should be pulled in the directions listed below: -

Wall Stand cables should be pulled from the Wall Stand to the System Cabinet.

-

Magic PC cables should be pulled from the Wall Stand to the Magic PC.

•

If excess cables must be coiled and stored, they must be coiled in a “figure 8" configuration, NOT a single coil stack.

•

Power cables must be kept separate from signal cables as much as possible. In wall ducts or raceway, power cables should be routed in a separate channel from signal cables. Inside system cabinets, power cables should not be bundled together with signal cables.

System Cables 1.) Perform routing and connection of system, power and ground cables. 2.) Refer to the schematics for details on system cabling.

3.3

EMC Compliance 1.) For EMC compliance, several cables require additional grounding through the use of P-clamps connected to the cable shields. It is important that these P-clamps connections are made properly in order to provide the necessary electrical ground. When more than one P-clamp must be attached at the same mounting location, refer to Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2 for correct orientation of the P-clamps.

Figure 2-1 Correct Installation of Multiple P-Clamps

Page 50

Section 3.0 - Cables

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-2 Incorrect Installation of Multiple P-Clamps

Section 4.0 Positioner Table 4.1

Unpack This section will describe the basic steps required to un-crate the table. Be careful of injured by the nails. •

Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are accounted for against the packing list.

•

Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages or missing items.

•

The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of parts.

1.) Remove the top cover and four top cross members from the table shipping crate. See Figure 23.

Figure 2-3 Table Crate with Top Removed 2.) Remove any additional cross members from the inside of the crate. 3.) Remove the sides of the shipping container. See Figure 2-4.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 51

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-4 Remove Crate Sides 4.) Remove the protective covering. See Figure 2-5.

Figure 2-5 Remove Protective Covering 5.) Take out all the boxes out from the crate.

Figure 2-6 Take Out Boxes Note:

Unpacking OPEN ME FIRST Crate #1-6 (Pink Box) at first. Take out the Documents: Service Manual (2406876-100), Pre-Installation Manual (2406877100), and Operator Manual (2406878-100). Read Pre-Installation Manual and Service Manual carefully before system installation and calibration.

Page 52

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

6.) Unpack accessories crate.

4.2

Position Table 1.) Adjust caster bolts to lower the casters down the table base level. See Figure 2-7.

Figure 2-7 Lower Casters 2.) Pull the table down the ramp and to the field, and confirm the location of the table with operator. DO NOT put your feet under the table base, for the table is so heavy and may hurt you.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 53

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-8 Pull Table to Field 3.) Adjust caster bolts to upper the casters above the table base level.

Figure 2-9 Upper Casters 4.) Demount the casters.

Figure 2-10 Demount Casters

Page 54

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

4.3 4.3.1

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Install Table Demount Lock Screw Demount the red lock screw on the back of the table base.

Figure 2-11 Demount Lock Screw

4.3.2

Table Tilt Motor 1.) Install the tilt motor base onto the table base.

Table Base

Motor Base

Tilt Motor

Figure 2-12 Install Tilt Motor Base 2.) Set the motor belt between pulleys of motor and gear box.

Figure 2-13 Set Motor Belt 3.) Loosen the four motor mount nuts to adjust the motor belt tension. Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 55

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Belt Motor cable Motor mount nuts Belt Tensioner

Support Plate

Tensioner Plate

Figure 2-14 Adjust Motor Belt Tension 4.) Tighten the motor belt tensioner, so that the clearance between the support plate and the tensioner plate is approximate 0~1 mm, and align the screw and the edge of the motor base.

Figure 2-15 Tighten Motor Belt Tension 5.) Tighten the four motor mount nuts securely. 6.) Demount the cover of left counter.

Figure 2-16 Demount Left Counter Cover 7.) Insert table tilt motor cable (2409826) between the two counters, connect the cable, and fix the Page 56

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

cable with clamp.

U V W PE

Figure 2-17 Connect Table Tilt Motor Cable 8.) Configure Table Logic I/O Board (2408348-1).

Note:

1

2

3

4

1

0

0

0

Set S1=”0001” and Jumper J8 to Pin1-Pin2 connection to support power input before installation, after installaion, set them back to the default (S1=”0000” and Jumper J8 to Pin2Pin3 connection.

Defaults: S1: 1~4 OFF S2: 1~4 OFF J8: Pin2-Pin3 9.) Connect a temporary power cable. Note:

Apply AC220V at motor terminal. Be careful of over loading.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 57

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-18 Connect Temporary Power Cable Note:

4.3.3

If the country DO NOT have AC220V, please tilt table manually.

Digital Spot Device 1.) Unpack tube stand & digital spot device. a.) Remove the top and side covers of the shipping container and cross braces.

b.) Unpack and store the covers. c.)

Page 58

Remove the lower cross braces.

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

d.) Remove the protective covering.

2.) Demount the four screws under table top.

Figure 2-19 Demount Screws 3.) Insert the digital spot device, and install it with the four screws. Note:

DO NOT need demount table top.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 59

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-20 Install Digital Spot Device Note:

Adjust the postion of digital spot device, place along marked guidelines, and then tighten the four screws.

4.) Connect digital spot device cable 2409817 to 2409819.

4.3.4

Part No.

One Side

The Other Side

2409817

Cable 2409819 CN83

Logic I/O Bd J6

2409819

Cable 2409817 CN83

Cassette SW

Wiring Harness Bracket 1.) Demount the two screws.

Figure 2-21 Demount Screws 2.) Take the system wiring harness out from the back of the table base. Page 60

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.) Mount the wiring harness bracket.

Figure 2-22 Mount Wiring Harness Bracket 4.) Divide the cables into two groups for installation (one group is for I.I., the other is for other subsystems behind the tube stand).

Figure 2-23 I.I. Cables from Wiring Harness Bracket

4.3.5

Tube Stand 1.) Demount the four screws on the digital spot device and the two screws on the tube stand.

2.) Install the tube stand.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 61

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Be careful of being injured by tube stand because of the heavy weight. Note:

DO NOT tighten the screws before adjusting the position of the tube stand. 3.) Adjust the position of the tube stand to place along marked guidelines, and then, tighten the screws.

Note:

Place along marked guidelines to guarantee the collimation between the view of x-ray and image receptor. a. Do not tighten the four screws on digital spot device and the two screws on tube stand. c. Tighten the screws after adjusting the position of the tube stand.

b. Place along marked guidelines on both sides. 4.) Demount the back cover of the tube stand.

Page 62

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Tube Stand Back Cover

5.) Connect the cables on the back of tube stand, and ty-rap the cables.

Figure 2-24 Connect Cables on Tube Stand Side Part No.

4.3.6

Table

Table

One Side

The Other Side

5119985

Speaker

Audio Cable 2409700-1

5119983

Mic

5119984

44CN Cable 2409832

Compressor Power

5121656

Collimator

Collimator Trans

5119987

E (Tube Stand)

E (Ground)

5121494

E (Main)

E (Image Chain)

Part No.

Table

Console Intercom

2409700-1

In-room Speaker Cable 5119985

J2 (Speaker 2)

In-room Mic Cable 5119983

J5 (Mic 2)

Tilt Table to Vertical Position 1.) Power up. 2.) Tilt table to vertical position by controlling the keystokes beside the table.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 63

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-25 Tilt Table to Vertical Position

Tilt the table LESS THAN 90 degrees to avoid the table’s overturn. 3.) Power off.

4.3.7

I.I. 1.) Demount the plate for protection.

Figure 2-26 Demount Protection Plate 2.) Mount I.I.

Page 64

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Front Cover Bottom Cover

3.) Demount the front and bottom covers. Note:

Be careful not damaging the ground cable.

Cable Slot

Figure 2-27 Demount I.I. Covers 4.) Let the cables through the cable slot. 5.) Connect AEC feedback coaxial cable (2409797).

Figure 2-28 Connect AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable Positioner Table

Generator

I.I. Image Chain AEC Board J2

AEC Channel #1, #2 (Pin 7-, Pin 12+)

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 65

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

6.) Connect CCD camera cables. Part No.

Integrated Console

The Other Side

2408888

Imager PCU J4

Generator I/F Board J8

5122285

CCU J1

Table LVDS I.I. Image Chain

Note:

Follow the process below during installing the 20 m cable (5122285) on I.I. side. At I.I. side, the shielded cable should make 4 paths in the ferrite (3 loops). a.) Insert the 20 m cable through the cable slot without ferrite. b.) Open the ferrite and place the cable inside. The length of cable between the ferrite and the connector should be 30 cm.

c.)

Make a first loop having a diameter of about 7.5 cm.

d.) Make a second loop just on top of the first one.

Page 66

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

e.) Make a third loop just on top of the first path.

f.)

Close the box of the ferrite.

g.) Bind the ferrites with fixing strip.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 67

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

h.) Fix the cable to the Image Head using the cable clamp. Place the ferrite close to the cable clamp before tightening.

Cable Clamp

i.)

Connect the 20 m cable.

7.) Connect the I.I. power cable (2409831) and ground cable.

2409831

Figure 2-29 Connect I.I. Power and Ground Cable Page 68

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

8.) Remount the front cover and the cover below.

Figure 2-30 Remount I.I. Covers 9.) Put the rubbery protection belt into the gap of I.I. and I.I. cover.

Figure 2-31 Mount Rubbery Protection Belt

4.3.8

X-Ray Tube

Note:

If RAD14 tube is ordered, please follow Section 4.3.8.1. If A196 tube is ordered, please follow Section 4.3.8.2.

4.3.8.1

RAD 14 Installation 1.) Assemble the tube fork. Put the blue cover onto handle if it is not assembled. Tube Fork

Figure 2-32 Assemble Tube Fork

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 69

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 Note:

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Apply locktite to mount screws. 2.) Loosen the four screws of the upper clamps of the tube fork.

Figure 2-33 Loosen Upper Clamps 3.) Remove the upper clamps of the tube fork. Upper

Screws

Screws

Figure 2-34 Remove Upper Clamps

TO PREVENT THE CLAMPS FROM ANY IMPACT.IN CASE IMPACT OCCURRED, IT SHOULD BE VERIFIED THAT THE CLAMP HAS ENOUGH STRENGTH BEFORE INSTALLATION. 4.) Put the X-ray tube on lower clamps of the tube fork.

Figure 2-35 Install X-ray Tube Page 70

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Reinstall the upper clamp of the tube fork. Tighten the four screws surely. Note:

Pay attention to the marks on the clamps to put the left and right clamps into proper position. The torque applied to the four screws is 6.0~6.4 N.m. 6.) Tube fork has a trunion used to rotate the tube. Loosen the two set screws and then adjust the lock nut on both sides of the tube clamps. Make it lock the tube when moving the trunion forward and release the tube otherwise.

Release

Lock

Lock Figure 2-36 Lock Tube 7.) Fasten the set screws again.

4.3.8.2

A196 X-Ray Tube 1.) Take out A196 X-ray tube from box. 2.) Install X-ray tube onto the tube stand.

Trunion

Figure 2-37 Install X-ray Tube

Hold the tube to prevent it falling down. 3.) Adjust the tube bracket to the position easy for operation, and then tighten the two screws. 4.) Lock the tube. Tube bracket has a trunion used to rotate the tube. Loosen the two set screws, and adjust the lock nut on both sides of the tube clamp. Make it lock the tube when moving the trunion forward and release the tube otherwise, and then, fasten the set screws again. 5.) Assemble the anode and cathode HV cable connectors. Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 71

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

6.) Demount the two HV cable socket covers.

Figure 2-38 Demount HV Cable Socket Covers 7.) Clean HV cable connectors, and then apply a thin layer of silicon compound.

Figure 2-39 Apply Silicon Compound 8.) Connect the anode and cathode HV cables to the X-ray tube.

Page 72

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-40 Connect HV Cables

Note:

HV Cable Socket

HV Cable

+ (ANODE)

+

- (CATHODE)

-

Check the polarity of HV cables carefully, and DO NOT connect the two HV cables reversedly. 9.) Adjust tube to the position easy for operation. 10.) Demount the two screws for tube fan.

Figure 2-41 Demount Tube Fan Screws 11.) Install the cooling fan with cable (2409505). Note:

No polar differences.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 73

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-42 Install Tube Cooling Fan Part No.

One End

The Other End

2409505-6

Cooling Fan

PDU J5

Grounding Cable 12.) Mount the cooling fan cover.

Figure 2-43 Mount Cooling Fan Cover

Page 74

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

4.3.9

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Collimator 1.) Demount the two stop plates, and take away the protection plate. b. Take away the protection plate.

a. Demount ( the other stop plate is on the other side of the protection plate. Figure 2-44 Demount Two Stop Plates 2.) Take out the collimator flange, demount the handle, and remount it onto the other side.

Take out

Figure 2-45 Take Out Collimator Flange Note:

In order to securely mount the collimator, please add Loctite 242 to the screws on the stop plates, also need to add Loctite 242 to the 4 mounting screws on the collimator flange while installing the collimator. 3.) Demount the four mounting screws on the tube.

Figure 2-46 Demount Mounting Screws 4.) Put the blue handle between the collimator flange and the tube, and mount both the handle and collimator flange using four screws. See Figure 2-47.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 75

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Collimator Flange

Blue Handle

Figure 2-47 Mount Collimator Flange 5.) Mount collimator onto the collimator flange using the two stop plates.

Figure 2-48 Mounting Collimator 6.) Demount collimator top cover with four screws.

Figure 2-49 Demount Collimator Top Cover 7.) Demount tube stand back cover.

Page 76

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-50 Demount Tube Stand Back Cover 8.) Take out the cables, and remount the cover.

Figure 2-51 Take Out the Cables 9.) Connect collimator cables, and fix them with cable clamps.

Figure 2-52 Connect Collimator Cables Part No.

One Side

The Other Side

2409830

Collimator

CN84

Transformer A6

Cable 2409833

CN84

A2 TM1

2409833

Cable 2409830 Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 77

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL Part No.

One Side

The Other Side

2409820

X-ray Control Bd

Digital Spot Device CN82

J82

Cable 2409835 2409835

Digital Spot Device CN82

Collimator CN12

Cable 2409820 2409832 5162733

Cable 5119984

44CN

Motor Relay Bd J3 & Logic I/O Bd J41

Lamp Switch Integrated Console

Terminal L3, L4 Collimator

10.) Remount collimator top cover.

Figure 2-53 Mount Collimator Top Cover 11.) Demount the tube cover on Anode side.

Figure 2-54 Demount Tube Cover 12.) Connect the tube control cable (2409507) and grounding cable (2409508). Note:

Ground cable must be connected properly. Collimator ground cable should be connected to tube E.

Page 78

Section 4.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

RAD14

A196

Part No.

HV Tank

2409507

C

1

5

M

2

4

S

3

3

T1

5

2

T2

6

1

GND

GND

GND

2409508

A196 X-ray Tube RAD14 X-ray Tube

13.) Remount tube cover.

Figure 2-55 Remount Tube Cover 14.) Route and ty-rap the cables, and insert them into the cable hose. Note:

Suggest wear gloves when insert cables into cable hose. 15.) Mount the three hose brackets, and mount the cable hose into the hose brackets.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 79

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Hose Hose Bracket Figure 2-56 Mount Hose Brackets and Cable Hose

Section 5.0 Generator Cabinet 5.1

Unpack Be careful of injured by the nails. •

Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are accounted for against the packing list.

•

Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages or missing items.

•

The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of parts.

1.) Remove the top and side covers of the shipping container and cross braces.

Figure 2-57 Remove Covers and Cross Braces 2.) Unpack and store the covers. 3.) Remove the lower cross braces. 4.) Remove the protective covering.

Page 80

Section 5.0 - Generator Cabinet

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-58 Remove Protective Covering 5.) Demount the four fixed screws.

Figure 2-59 Demount Fixed Screws 6.) Position generator cabinet to the location that does not prevent the table’s movement.

Figure 2-60 Position Generator Cabinet

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 81

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

5.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Install Generator 1.) Demount the generator top cover with four screws and washers.

Figure 2-61 Demount Generator Top Cover 2.) Demount generator side cover with six screws and washers.

3.) Demount generator cable protective covers.

Demount

Figure 2-62 Demount Generator Cable Protective Covers

Page 82

Section 5.0 - Generator Cabinet

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

4.) Take out generator digital interface cable (2409362), and route in HV cables. 5.) Remove HV cable socket covers.

Figure 2-63 Remove HV Cable Socket Covers 6.) Clean HV cable connectors, and then apply a thin layer of silicon compound.

Figure 2-64 Apply Silicon Compound 7.) Connect the anode and cathode HV cables to the generator oil tank.

Figure 2-65 Connect HV Cables

Note:

HV Tank

HV Cable

+

+

-

-

Check the polarity of HV cables carefully, and do not connect the two HV cables reversedly. 8.) Connect tube control cable (2409507) and tube ground cable (2409508). Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 83

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL 2409508

2409507

Figure 2-66 Connect Tube Control Cable Part No.

HV Tank

Tube

Color

2409507

C

C

White

M

M

Black

S

S

Red

T1

T1

Yellow

T2

T2

Brown

E

E

Green-Yellow

2409508

9.) Demount power supply protective cover.

Figure 2-67 Demount Cover 10.) Connect power supply cable.

Page 84

Section 5.0 - Generator Cabinet

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-68 Connect Power Supply Cable Part No.

HV Tank

PDU TB2

2409492

U

U

2409493

V

V

2409494

W

W

2409495

GND

GND

To prevent possible body or equipment damage, please avoid inappropriate power up. 11.) Remount the protective cover.

Figure 2-69 Remount Cover 12.) Connect CCU generator I/F cable (2408888) and touch screen console communication cable (5123315) on generator I/F board.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 85

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Touch Screen Communication cable

ABC cable

Figure 2-70 Connect ABC and Touch Screen Communication Cables Part No.

Generator I/F Board

Integrated Console

2408888

J8

Imager PCU J4

5123315

J4

Touch Screen Console J2

13.) Connect other cables on generator room I/F board.

Figure 2-71 Generator Room I/F Board Cables

Page 86

Section 5.0 - Generator Cabinet

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

a.) PDU power-on cable (2409637). Generator Room I/F Bd

System PDU J1

TB8 24VDC

24VDC

TB7 0VDC

0VDC

GND

GND

b.) Connect touch screen grounding cable (5124835) from touch screen to generator room I/ F board. c.)

Connect generator room I/F cable (2408887). Generator

Integrated Console

Room I/F bd TB5, TB6

Console I/F J17

d.) Connect door lock (Pin 4, 5) and room light (Pin 11, 12) on TB4.

14.) Connect AEC feedback coaxial cable (2409797). Note:

Connect AEC channel 2 to AEC channel 1 if DSA is selected.

AEC Channel 1 AEC Channel 2

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 87

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

15.) Connect AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable Generator

Positioner Table

AEC Board

I.I. Image Chain AEC Board

AEC channel #1, #2 (Pin 7-, Pin 12+)

J2

16.) Ty-rap the cables and remount all the generator cable protective covers.

Figure 2-72 Ty-rap Cables

Page 88

Section 5.0 - Generator Cabinet

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 6.0 PDU Cabinet 6.1

Unpack Be careful of injured by the nails. •

Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are accounted for against the packing list.

•

Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages or missing items.

•

The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of parts.

1.) Remove the top and side covers of the shipping container and cross braces.

Figure 2-73 Remove Covers and Cross Braces 2.) Unpack and store the covers. 3.) Remove the lower cross braces. 4.) Remove the protective covering.

Figure 2-74 Remove Protective Covering Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 89

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Position PDU cabinet to the location that does not prevent the table’s movement.

6.2

Install PDU 1.) Demount PDU cabinet top cover.

Figure 2-75 Demount PDU Top Cover 2.) Demount PDU cabinet front cover.

3.) Connect PDU cables.

Page 90

Section 6.0 - PDU Cabinet

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-76 Connect PDU Cables Hospital

PDU TB1

360 ~ 440 VAC

U

3 Phase Supply

V W GND

Part No.

PDU TB2

HV Tank

2409492

U

U

2409493

V

V

2409494

W

W

2409495

GND

GND

Part No.

PDU

The Other End

2409637

J1

Generator Room I/F

2409502

J3

Table TM1

2409500

J4

System Console, Fuse F1, F2

2409505

J5

Tube Fan

2409501

GND

System Console GND

2409503

GND

Table E

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 91

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7.0 Integrated Console 7.1

Unpack Be careful of injured by the nails. •

Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are accounted for against the packing list.

•

Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages or missing items.

•

The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of parts.

1.) Remove the top and side covers of the shipping container and cross braces.

Figure 2-77 Remove Covers and Cross Braces 2.) Unpack and store the covers. 3.) Remove the lower cross braces. 4.) Remove the protective covering.

Figure 2-78 Remove Protective Covering

Page 92

Section 7.0 - Integrated Console

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Position integrated console to the location where the operator can observe the patients easily.

Figure 2-79 Position Integrated Console 6.) Position console cabinet beside the integrated console, either left or right.

Figure 2-80 Position Console Cabinet

7.2

Install Integrated Console 1.) Demount console cabinet side and back covers and integrated console back cover.

Demount Demount

Figure 2-81 Demount Integrated Console Covers

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 93

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2.) Position control room monitor and touch screen console on system console.

Figure 2-82 Position Monitor and Touch Screen Console 3.) Put PC into the console cabinet. 4.) Connect console cables. 2408886 Ground cable

Foot Pedal

PS1 PS2 System Console Power cable 2409500 Figure 2-83 Connect Console Cables Note:

Notice for the arrow on the pin and socket.

Part No. 2409498 2408886 2409700-1

Page 94

System Console I/F J5 I/F J15 Intercomm J2 Intercomm J5

Section 7.0 - Integrated Console

Table Bulkhead J432 TDSP CN333 Speaker Mic

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Part No. 5122285 5162733 Note:

System Console CCU J1 Lamp Switch

Table LVDS I.I. Image Chain Collimator Terminal L3, L4

Follow the process below during installing the 20 m cable (5122285) on PCU side. At PCU side, the shielded cable should make 3 paths in the ferrite (2 loops). a.) Open the ferrite and place the cable inside. The length of cable between the ferrite and the connector shall be about 7 cm.

b.) Make a first loop having a diameter of about 7.5 cm.

c.)

Make a second loop just on top of the first one.

d.) Close the box of the ferrite.

e.) Bind the ferrites with fixing strip.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 95

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

f.)

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Connect the cable to PCU.

5.) Take out the watchdog (5121184) from Accessory Box, install it to "Rockey" as below, and connect workstation cables.

Power

6

6

4

4

1

1

5

5

Key 3

Key 3

2

2

COM1 Rockey Keyboard Mouse Hospital Network

Inroom Monitor (Option)

Primary Monitor COM2 Frame Grab Card

Camera Link Cable 5162261

Coaxial Cable (2409360) PCI1750 Card Image Converting Board

Figure 2-84 Connect Workstation Cables

Page 96

Part No.

System Console

System Console

2409366 2409361 2408907 2408885 2408913 2408912 2409360 2408914

One End FRM. GRAB. BD. I/F Board J3 I/F Board J7 I/F Board J9 I/F Board J8 I/F Board J10 I/F Board J13 I/F Board J14

The Other End IMG. CONV. BD. 1750 Card CCU J7 PS1 Contrast Adjustment Brightness Adjustment IMG. CONV. BD. Intercomm J7

Section 7.0 - Integrated Console

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Part No.

System Console

System Console

2409496 2409497 2408924 2408925 5119258 2409365 2408902 2408899

One End Mic Volume Adjust Speaker Volume Adjust PS2 Console Mic Assy. PS2 Console Speaker Assy. Intercomm Mic Switch IMG. CONV. BD. PS2 GND

The Other End Intercomm J4 Intercomm J8 Intercomm J1 Intercomm J6 Intercomm J3 CCU J5 CCU J11 GND

6.) Connect CPI touch screen cables.

Figure 2-85 Connect Touch Screen Cables Part No.

CPI Console

System Console

2408889

CPI Console COM1

I/F Board J2

5162732

CPI Console COM2

Workstation COM2

Part No.

CPI Console

Generator

5123315

GEN

I/F Board J4

5124835

GND

Room I/F Board GND

7.) Connect monitor cables.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 97

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-86 Connect LCD Monitor Cables Part No.

Integrated Console

Monitor

2408905-1

Console Power Strip

Monitor

2409364

Workstation

8.) Install in-room monitor (optional) on the cart, put them in-room, and connect in-room monitor cables. Note:

Connect in-room monitor if customer orders it. Part No.

Monitor

In-Room Monitor

5162261

Workstation

LCD Monitor

5162380

Page 98

Power Cable

Section 7.0 - Integrated Console

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8.0 Electrical Connections 1.) Configure S1 back to "0000" on table logic I/O board (2408348-1), and configure Jumper J8 back to Pin2-Pin3 connection. 1

2

3

4

0

0

0

0

2.) Disconnect the temporary power cable. 3.) Connect table power cable (2409502).

Figure 2-87 Connect Table Power Cable 4.) Connect other cables on table bulkhead, and ty-rap the cables.

J431 J442 J531 J542 J432

Figure 2-88 Connect Table Bulkhead Cables Part No.

Table Bulkhead

Table

2409828

J431

Logic I/O Board J331

2409829

J442

X-ray Control Board J332

2409831

J432

I.I.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 99

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Part No.

Table Bulkhead

Integrated Console

2409055

J431

TDSP Board CN331

2409056

J442

TDSP Board CN332

2409498

J432

Console I/F J5

5.) Connect in-room foot pedal cable (optional).

Figure 2-89 Connect In-Room Foot Pedal Cable

Page 100

Part No.

Table

5121496

Bulkhead J531

Section 8.0 - Electrical Connections

In-Room Foot Pedal

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9.0 Accessories 9.1

Install Compressor Force 1.) Take out the compressor with a dowel and bolt. 2.) Insert the dowel into the pole of the compressor. Note:

Align the holes in the dowel and pole.

Align the holes

3.) Mount the compressor by tightening the bolt.

Figure 2-90 Mount Compressor

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 101

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

9.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Install Barium Meal Cup Pad

Figure 2-91 Install Barium Meal Cup Pad

9.3

Install Microphone

Figure 2-92 Install Microphone on Table

9.4

Install Footrest Note:

Page 102

There are four fixing pins under the footrest.

Section 9.0 - Accessories

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL Former fixing pin

Latter fixing pin 1.) Insert the two former fixing pins into both side rails.

Figure 2-93 Insert Former Fixing Pins 2.) Insert the two latter fixing pins into the slots in both side rails. Note:

There are three slots in each side rail. Install the footrest by cutomer’s requirements.

Latter fixing pin Side rail 3.) Lock the footrest.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 103

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Lock Lever Figure 2-94 Lock Footrest

9.5

Install Side Armrest Note:

There are two fixing pins under each armrest.

1.) Mount one armrest on one side rail.

Figure 2-95 Mount Armrest 2.) Adjust the armrest to the appropriate position. 3.) Screw the armrest down.

Page 104

Section 9.0 - Accessories

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Screw down

Figure 2-96 Screw Down 4.) Mount the other armrest.

Figure 2-97 Mount The Other Armrest

9.6

Install Shoulder Pad Note:

There are two fixing pins under each shoulder pad. Latter fixing pin

Former fixing pin

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 105

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1.) Mount one shoulder pad on one side rail.

Screw down

Figure 2-98 Mount Shoulder Pad 2.) Adjust the should pad to the appropriate position. 3.) Screw the shoulder pad down. 4.) Mount the other shoulder pad.

Figure 2-99 Mount The Other Shoulder Pad

9.7

Install Upper Armrest

Figure 2-100 Install Upper Armrest

Page 106

Section 9.0 - Accessories

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

9.8

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Install Compression Band (Optional) Note:

Please install the compression band if necessary. Please uninstall the compression band if it is not used, and put it aside to avoide damages. 1.) Take out the compression band.

Figure 2-101 Compression Band 2.) Install the outboard compression band pole (the pole with compression band fixed in), adjust the compression band pole to a proper position, and then, tighten the bolt.

Figure 2-102 Install Outboard Compression Band Pole 3.) Install the inboard compression band pole (the pole without compression band fixed on), adjust the compression band pole to a proper position, and then, tighten the bolt.

Figure 2-103 Install Inboard Compression Band Pole Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 107

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

4.) Remove the ratchet wheel, and loosen the compression band on the outboard compression band pole.

Figure 2-104 Remove Ratchet Wheel 5.) Pull the compression band to the inboard compression band pole through patients, and insert the pole through the compression band.

Figure 2-105 Pull Compression Band 6.) Turn the ratchet wheel on the outboard compression band pole to tighten the compression band.

Figure 2-106 Remove Ratchet Wheel 7.) Fix the compression band.

Figure 2-107 Remove Ratchet Wheel Page 108

Section 9.0 - Accessories

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 10.0 Fix Table Note:

Confirm the location of table with customers before fixing the table. 1.) Drill four 14 mm diameter holes 100 mm deep with masonry drill.

Figure 2-108 Drill Holes 2.) Clean holes of all dust and chips. 3.) Insert supplied 90 mm Rawl power-bolt anchors and washers. 4.) Hammer the anchors into the holes.

Figure 2-109 Hammer Anchors 5.) Tighten the anchors.

Figure 2-110 Tighten Anchors

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 109

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 11.0 Footstep Installation (Optional) 1.) Demount the footstep cover with 5 screws. 2.) Install the footstep clinging to table base with two bolts. 3.) Re-mount the footstep cover.

Figure 2-111 Footstep

Section 12.0 Final Cover Installation Note:

12.1

Install the subsystem covers after system checks and configuration/calibration.

Install Table Covers 1.) Install table base covers.

Figure 2-112 Install Table Base Covers 2.) Install table front cover. Note:

Page 110

Demount the screws on the table before mounting the front cover. DO NOT miss the screw near the stopper fitting. Section 11.0 - Footstep Installation (Optional)

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-113 Install Table Front Cover 3.) Install tube stand back cover.

Figure 2-114 Install Tube Stand Back Cover

12.2

Install Generator Cabinet Covers 1.) Install generator cabinet side cover.

Figure 2-115 Install Generator Cabinet Side Cover 2.) Install generator cabinet top cover with two ground cables.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 111

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-116 Install Generator Cabinet Top Cover

12.3

Install PDU Cabinet Covers 1.) Mount PDU cabinet front cover. 2.) Mount PDU cabinet top cover.

Figure 2-117 Install PDU Cabinet Covers

Page 112

Section 12.0 - Final Cover Installation

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

12.4

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Install Integrated Console Covers 1.) Ty-rap and route the cables, and install system console back cover.

Figure 2-118 Install System Console Back Cover 2.) Install the console cabinet back and side covers, and then install the rubbery caps in a plastic poke (2239428). Mount Rubbery Caps

Install Covers

Figure 2-119 Install Console Cabinet Covers Note:

Leave at least 20 cm between console cabinet and wall, or the high temperature in console cabinet will damage the server.

Section 13.0 Labels and Rating Plates Attach English/multilingual labels to overlay the English/Chinese labels attached in factory.

13.1

System

Label

Description

References

5120301

System Rating Plate

See Figure 2-120

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 113

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-120 5120301, System Rating Plate

13.2

Table

Label

Description

References

5120300

Table Rating Plate

See Figure 2-121

5123124

Caution Label

See Figure 2-122

5123126

Caution Label

See Figure 2-123

5123128

Danger Label

See Figure 2-124

5123129

Danger Label

See Figure 2-124

5123222

Caution Label

See Figure 2-125

5139370

Caution Label

5169599

Table Caution Label

4 Labels, See Figure 2-126

5174011

Table Caution Label

2 Labels, See Figure 2-127

Figure 2-121 5120300, Table Rating Plate

Page 114

Section 13.0 - Labels and Rating Plates

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-122 5123124, Caution Label

Figure 2-123 5123126, Caution Label

5123129 5123128

Figure 2-124 5123128/5123129, Danger Labels

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 115

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-125 5123222, Caution Label

Figure 2-126 5169599, Table Caution Label

Page 116

Section 13.0 - Labels and Rating Plates

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-127 5174011, Table Caution Label

13.3

Generator

Label

Description

References

5120306-1

50kW Generator Rating Plate

See Figure 2-128

5120306

65kW Generator Rating Plate

See Figure 2-128

Figure 2-128 50/65 kW Generator Rating Plate

13.4

PDU

Label

Description

References

5120304

PDU Rating Plate

See Figure 2-129

5120309

PDU Safety Warning Label

See Figure 2-130

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 117

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-129 5120304, PDU Rating Plate

Figure 2-130 5120309, PDU Safety Warning Label

13.5

Integrated Console

Label

Description

5120298

Integrated Console Rating Plate

See Figure 2-131

5120315

Operation Warning on Touch Screen

See Figure 2-132

Figure 2-131 5120298, Integrated Console Rating Plate

Page 118

References

Section 13.0 - Labels and Rating Plates

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-132 5120315, Operation Warning on Touch Screen

13.6

DICOM/DSA/Watchdog License Labels Note:

If customer order DICOM/DSA/Watchdog, please get the letter from customer, open it, find the license labels, and paste them onto the DSA & Service Tool (5124327) CD cover, and ask customers to give appropriate storages.

Watchdog

DICOM

DSA

Figure 2-133 DICOM/DSA/Watchdog License Labels

Section 14.0 MI ==> FE Handoff Checklist Purpose: Mechanical Installer to Field Engineer handoff checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed. Table 2-1 Mechanical Installer to Field Engineer Handoff Checklist Item # 1.)

Item

Sign Off

Power and ground cables connected and tightened: •

Power cables (how many, where)

•

Ground cables (how many, where)

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 119

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Table 2-1 Mechanical Installer to Field Engineer Handoff Checklist Item #

Item

2.)

All signal cables connected and tightened.

3.)

Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many, where).

4.)

All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor and wall).

5.)

Mechanical alignments done.

6.)

Control room cables properly dressed.

7.)

All covers installed.

8.)

Room cleaned.

9.)

Product locator cards collected.

10.)

Missing components and/or options:

11.)

List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should be signed by customer).

12.)

Packing materials disposed of.

13.)

Dollies and crates returned: •

Sign Off

Positioner Table dolly

Section 15.0 FE==> Apps Handoff Checklist Purpose: Field Engineer to Application Specialist handoff checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed. Table 2-2 Field Engineer to Application Specialist Handoff Checklist Item #

Item

1.)

Have all calibrations been completed?

2.)

Have the sample images been installed on the system?

3.)

Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?

4.)

All appropriate regulatory labels installed: •

Page 120

X-ray tube focal spot

5.)

HHS testing completed?

6.)

InSite checkout completed?

7.)

Have functional checks been completed?

Section 15.0 - FE==> Apps Handoff Checklist

Sign Off

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Table 2-2 Field Engineer to Application Specialist Handoff Checklist Item #

Item

8.)

Are all covers installed?

9.)

Have all protective tape/coverings been removed?

10.)

Are there any cosmetic issues?

11.)

Are there any system issues?

12.)

Are there any functional limitations?

13.)

Has system documentation (paper and CDROM) been given to the customer?

Sign Off

Also, for VA sites, has 2nd set of documentation been given to the customer? 14.)

Is the hospital scheduling system (HIS/RIS) configured? Does the modality display MWL (Modality WorkList) responses successfully?

15.)

Are printers configured and printer calibrations done on ALL printers?

16.)

Are PACS configured and SMPTE and/or test images pushed to system for successful display (be sure burn/no burn is properly set for PACS)?

17.)

Has local physics inspection been completed? (some states/sites may not allow use of system for patients until this is done)

18.)

Has backup of pristine system been performed? (Patient Data Base as well as total system backup)

19.)

Application Specialist has received all checklists: •

Pre-Installation

•

MI to FE checklist

•

FE to Apps checklist

Section 16.0 Final Steps 16.1

Database Backup After calibration, perform complete database backup. Refer to Backup procedure in the Utilities appendix.

16.2

Final Installation and Admin Tasks 1.) Ready system for normal customer operation. 2.) Install all covers on system equipment. (Refer to Installation manual for procedure.) Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 121

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.) Remove trash, remove installation equipment and tools, clean up room and store service manuals. 4.) Fill out Product Locator Cards and return them. 5.) Record installation time in Service database.

Page 122

Section 16.0 - Final Steps

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 3 - System Checks Check system functions after system installation. If any problems happen during system checks, please refer to troubleshooting. And then, please do system checks from the beginning again. After system checks, install the covers. STEP STEP 1

SYSTEM CHECK

DETAILS

DONE

CHECK THE OUTSIDE 1.) Outside: make sure the system is AND THE WIRINGS clean 2.) Confim no bolts fall off 3.) System connections (refer to Mis map): make sure the connections are correct (it is corresponding between the cable name and port), confirm that there is no looseness among all the parts of the apparatus, and confirm every cable is fast, especially the power cable and ground cable a.) Supply Mains b.) Power Cables: confirm the resistance between two of the three-phase U, V, W is infinite, and also confirm the resistance between each of the threephase U, V, W and ground is infinite c.)

Signal Cables

d.) Ground Cables Each cable should be fixed hard, and turn the cable name to the location where is easy to be seen during the check STEP 2

MAINS SWITCH ON

1.) Check hospital power (PDU Output Voltage): 400V+/-10% 2.) System electrify a.) Check PDU LED green light is illuminated (Troubleshooting “PDU” on page 226.)

Chapter 3 - System Checks

Page 123

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 STEP STEP 2 (CONT.)

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL SYSTEM CHECK

DETAILS b.) Check the red light is illuminated on generator interface board (Troubleshooting - “Generator” on page 225.)

3.) System power up: check all the indications (refer to Generator Indication LEDs Definition in Generator Service Manual) a.) Generator CPU board lights up

You can do test as below table.

b.) Auxiliary board lights up

Page 124

Chapter 3 - System Checks

DONE

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 STEP STEP 2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL SYSTEM CHECK

DETAILS c.)

(CONT.)

DONE

Tube fan runs (Troubleshooting - “Tube Fan Not Work” on page 213.)

d.) Console interface board lights up (Troubleshooting - “Console I/F Board” on page 229.)

e.) Control console lights up

f.)

Touch screen console runs (Troubleshooting - “Touch Screen Issue” on page 233.)

g.) DSA runs (Troubleshooting “No Image Acquisition with X-ray Exposure” on page 238.)

Chapter 3 - System Checks

Page 125

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

STEP

SYSTEM CHECK

STEP 3

MECHANICAL MOVEMENT

DETAILS

DONE

1.) Beside table control a.) Check collimator (Troubleshooting - “Collimator Lamp Not Light Up” on page 215., “Collimator Movement Issue” on page 216., and “FOV Indication Error” on page 217.)

I.) Open collimator field illunimation lamp II.) Turn the knob to open/close the blades Max.: 12

Min.: 0

b.) Table movement

I.) Table top for-to-aft-to-mid movement II.) Tube arm head-to-foot movement: note not cut the the cables under the table III.) Table tilting 0o-to-90o-to-0oto--30o >

Note not cut the cables under the table when table is at 90o

>

If tube arm is at head side of table, it will retract when table is at 18o to make sure the I.I. will not knock the ground

2.) Remote control

a.) Repeat the steps in 1)

Page 126

Chapter 3 - System Checks

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 STEP

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL SYSTEM CHECK

STEP 3

DETAILS b.) Check compression cone: no matter where it is, when tube arm or table top is moving, compression cone will retract to the original location

(CONT.)

c.) STEP 4

DONE

TABLE EMERGENCY STOP

Check interphone functions by stepping footswitch

1.) Remote control a.) Emergency stop lights up, and compression cone retract to the original location b.) No functions I.) No remote control II.) No table top movement III.) No tube arm movement IV.) No table tilting c.)

Power off

d.) Power up again 2.) Beside table emergency stop: repeat the steps in 1) STEP 5

X-RAY TUBE

1.) Select above table mode (receptor 3) or under table mode (receptor 4) 2.) Press located on the leftbottom of the touch screen frame to check the anode running 3.) Take exposure 4.) Conditioning / Seasoning by referring to Chapter 3.1 - Tube Conditioning / Seasoning

STEP 6

FLUOROSCOPY ABC

1.) Attach an object (such as a resolution pattern) on the table top 2.) Select DR mode (receptor 1) 3.) Step footswitch continuously to take fluoro, and make sure there is an image 4.) Make sure there is auto brightness measure

STEP 7

RADIOGRAPHY AEC

1.) Select AEC auto mode 2.) Take exposure 3.) Make sure there is an image 4.) Make sure there is mAs feedback on the touch screen

Chapter 3 - System Checks

Page 127

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 STEP STEP 8

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL SYSTEM CHECK

DETAILS

UNDER TABLE MODE 1.) Insert cassette under the table, and PHOTOGRAPH make sure the indication lights up 2.) Make sure spot exposure is forbidden 3.) Take exposure by pressing the exposure key located on the rightbottom of the touch screen frame.

STEP 9

SELECT LOCAL LANGUAGES

1.) Select local languages a.) Check software version I.) Touch Screen

II.) DSA

b.) Install local languages I.) Touch Screen: See “Settings” on page 157. II.) DSA: uninstall the English/ Chinese version software by referring to “Uninstallation” on page 164., and then install the English/Local Language version software by referring to “Installation” on page 170.. 2.) Config. Date & Time by referring to 2.1.3.4 - Date / Time Setup 3.) Repeat STEP 6 to STEP 9

Page 128

STEP 10

DICOM CONFIG

STEP 11

DSA ACTIVATION

Refer to DICOM configuration in Chapter 5 Refer to DSA activation in Chapter 5

Chapter 3 - System Checks

DONE

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration The majority of the system calibration was performed at the factory. Therefore, only the unchecked procedures need to be run. Should there be any problems with any of the factory settings, we recommend that only those units required to correct the problem be run.

Section 1.0 Hardware 1.1

Table

1.1.1

Table Logic I/O Board (2408348-1) Configuration Set S1=”0001” and Jumper J8 to Pin1-Pin2 connection to support power input before installation, after installaion, set them back to the default (S1=”0000” and Jumper J8 to Pin2-Pin3 connection.

Defaults: S1: 1~4 OFF S2: 1~4 OFF J8: Pin2-Pin3

Note:

If the customer select In room foot pedal (Option). There is a configuration for customer to select: 1.) S2= "0000" -(Default - Remote configuration): Console foot switch and In-room foot switch are controlled by "Remote" button. They can't be activated at the same time during fluoroscopy operation. 2.) S2="0001" -(Customer - Classical configuration): Console foot switch and In-room foot switch are not controlled by "Remote" button. They can be activated at the same time during fluoroscopy operation.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 129

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Generator

1.2.1

DSS PWBA (5123287) Configuration

A196 Tube SW1: 1~8 OFF

RAD14 Tube SW1: 3 ON 1, 2, 4~8 OFF

1.2.2

Digital Input Board

SW1: 1 ON; 2~8 OFF

1.2.3

ABC Jumper Setting On generator I/F board, the jumpers have to be set to: ABC Pick Up Type

Generator interface board inputs jumper configuration Input

Proportional 0~5VDC positive Note:

DC, J8

JW4

JW5

JW11

JW12

JW13

JW19

JW20

JW21

Out

*

PINs 2-3

Out

Out

PINs 1-2

Out

PINs 2-3

1.) There are many ABC inputs on generator I/F board; TH800+ shall use J8, which is a BNC connector. 2.) "Out" in table above means the jumper shall be jumped out (not connected). 3.) The "*" in table above means "don't care". 4.) For some jumpers, such as JW11, JW19 and JW21, there are 3 pins named 1,2,3. So PINs23 means pin 2 and 3 shall be connected.

Page 130

Section 1.0 - Hardware

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL Jumper

Pin1 Pin2 Pin3 PINs1-2 means pin 1 and pin 2 shall be connected.As shown below. Jumper

Pin1 Pin2 Pin3 5.) All setting above is to achieve "Proportional DC, 0~5VDC positive". 6.) For more details, refer to CPI Indico 100 Service Manual, 3E.2.2 ABS jumper matrix.

1.2.4

AEC Jumper Setting All the jumpers in table below are located on generator AEC board.

Jumpers locate on this board

AEC channel 1

AEC channel 2

AEC channel 3

Jumper

Setting

Note

JW2

ON

JW3

OFF

AEC feedback signal is proportional DC rather than ramp DC.

JW45

ON

AEC feedback signal is positive DC.

JW44

OFF

JW39

ON

JW40

OFF

AEC feedback signal is proportional DC rather than ramp DC.

JW50

ON

AEC feedback signal is positive DC.

JW49

OFF

JW37

ON

JW38

OFF

AEC feedback signal is proportional DC rather than ramp DC.

JW55

ON

AEC feedback signal is positive DC.

JW54

OFF

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 131

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 AEC channel 4

Note:

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL JW41

ON

JW42

OFF

AEC feedback signal is proportional DC rather than ramp DC.

JW60

ON

AEC feedback signal is positive DC.

JW59

OFF

1.) Some jumpers are simple jumpers, such as JW2 and JW3...etc. There are only 2 pins for these jumpers. ON means connect, OFF means not connected. 2.) Some jumpers are a little bit complex, for example, JW44. 45, 46. There are only 4 pins for 3 jumpers. The figure below shows how to set these jumpers. JW44 ON JW45 OFF JW46 OFF

Pin1 Pin2

Pin3 Pin4

JW45 ON JW44 OFF JW46 OFF

Pin1 Pin2

Pin3 Pin4

JW45 OFF JW46 ON JW44 OFF

Pin1 Pin2

Pin3 Pin4

3.) The figures above are just illustration to show the usage of this kind of jumpers. The marks on the board have to be carefully read to ensure correct jumper setting. JW49, 50, 54,55,59,60 are nearly the same.

1.3

PDU Factory configured voltage is 380V. You can configure the voltage by jumpers on the transformer.

Page 132

Section 1.0 - Hardware

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.4 1.4.1

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Integrated Console Console Interface Board

S2: 1~4 OFF

1.5

Collimator 1.) Make the collimator controller of positioner console on max position.

2.) Superpose the adjustment tool on the collimator. This adjustment tool may be a transparent material with the figure below, such as a white paper or card. The line’s width on the adjustment tool shall be 1 mm. Push the lamp button of collimator to light it. Spot/Fluoro 1/1

51mm

51mm

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 133

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.) Configure S1=”0011”, S2=”0000” on Table Logic I/O Board (2408348-1). Verify that the collimator knobs can control the blades.

Note:

S1

S2

0011

0000

S1, S2 configure is from high to low. Below diagram is an example for S1 configure. 1

2

3

4

1

1

0

0

4.) Adjust Potentiometer of X-ray Control board (2408350) to control the collimator. The adjustment specifications are shown below. Visually check the collimator blade light vision edge on the line inside. So it shall meet the requirement <+/-0.5mm. Configure S1=”1011”, S2=”0000”. Adjust VR2 and VR4 for Spot 1/1 position. Configure S1=”0101”, S2=”0000”. Adjust VR6 and VR8 for Fluoro 1/1 position.

Page 134

Section 1.0 - Hardware

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0 Softwares Note:

All the installation drivers are stored in E:\Setup\. The file E:\Setup\Recovery.gho cannot be moved. All the factory configured parameters are stored in D:\Service Tools\. If you do any modifications on the parameters, please also store in this path as another file name. DO NOT replace the factory configured file. All the softwares are factory installed. Since the recovery disk includes all the softwares (Operating System, Service Package, Drivers, GenWare, PCU, and Image Brightness Measure installation softwares), suggest recovering system with the recovery disk if necessary, and then, install the DSA software. Below software versions are for examples. Please confirm the current software versions in your system by referring to the CDs shipped with system.

2.1

Touch Screen Software

2.1.1

System Power Up / Power Off

Note:

The touch screen membrane can be easily scratched by sharp objects. To avoid possible damage, items such as pens, pointers, tools, and etc should not be brought near the touch screen membrane.

Do not attemp to install unauthorized software onto the console. The generator must be programmed not to exceed the x-ray tube maximum operating limits shown in the Operator Manual (Part Number 2406878-100). Intended life and reliability will not be obtained unless generators are operated within published specifications.

The viewing angle adjustment screws at the rear of the touch screen console should only be removed by qualified persennel. Removing these screws may create instability, causing possible equipment damage or personal injury. The screws may be loosened sufficiently by the user to adjust the viewing angle of the display, but must be retightened immediately. The X-ray generator on / off buttons are located on the left-bottom of the touch screen frame.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 135

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

2.1.1.1

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Power Up Press the button located on the left-bottom of the touch screen frame to switch the X-ray generator on. The LED adjacent to the generator on / off switches will light when the generator is switched on.

The touch screen console will power up when the generator is switched on. When the console has completed its startup routine, the main console menu will appear on the touch screen console. Four menu selections are available as described below.

2.1.1.2

Power Off Exit the current screen(s) to return to the main console menu. Exit DSA software, and wait for the monitor screen to go black. Then press the button to switch the generator off.

Page 136

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

2.1.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Touch Screen Utility Installation The software on the USB will damage a desktop PC. The software must be installed on a CPI Touch Screen computer only.

Confirm the system is power off. 1.) Prepare the USB key with utility package, and make sure the package locates in root directory. 2.) Press SW1 down. 3.) Connect the USB key to any USB port of the touch screen.

4.) Power up the system. 5.) Click the button "Upgrade via a USB Memory Stick" when reach following screen.

6.) Choose the proper package file you want to update.

7.) Select ALL Packets.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 137

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

8.) Wait for upgrade complete.

9.) The update is completed successfully.

Page 138

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

2.1.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Configuration 1.) Power up, and log into the main menu.

-

Acquisition Mode

Press to select the normal console-operating mode. After a brief delay, buttons and indicators will appear on the touch screen along with an anatomical graphic for APR selections or the kV / mAs stepping function will be displayed, depending on receptor configuration. Please refer to the Operator Manual (P/N 2406878100).

-

Tube Warmup Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System DO NOT NEED to do tube warmup.

-

System Utilities Press to enter the utilities menu (APR editor, language selection, APR backup and restore, sound control, date and time, touch screen calibration, receptor programming, etc).

2.) Access system utilities a.) From the main console menu, press System Utilities. A pop-up window will be displayed, requesting a password. b.) Please get the factory-default service password by referring to Precision THUNIS-800+ Restricted Service Manual (2406879-100), and then access to all of the functions listed above.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 139

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

After a brief delay, the system utilities menu will be displayed. The message Access Denied indicates that an incorrect password was used. The factory-default password may be changed by a service engineer as described later. If this was done, the password defined above will not allow access to the system utilities menu.

* Page 140

APR Editor

Allows the APR to be edited. Changes may be saved to memory. Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

-

2.1.3.1 Note:

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

*

APR Backup / Allows the APR data to be backed up, and backed-up APR data to Restore be restored. The factory-default APR data is available in several languages.

*

Date / Time Setup

Allows the date and time to be set or changed.

*

Receptor Symbols

Allows predefined receptor symbols to be assigned to each image receptor button.

*

Touch Screen • Setup

Allows for the setting of specific console operating parameters.

•

Sets up the serial communication ports on the touch screen console.

•

Allows adjustment of the sound volume.

•

Enables / disables compatible equipement (i.e. infimed digital interface).

•

Allows the operator and service passwords to be changed.

*

Touch Screen Allows for electrical alignment of the touch sensitive membrane Calibration with the “buttons” displayed on the touch screen.

*

Data Link

Main Menu

Prepares the console for communication with an external computer. This is a service tool intended for use by authorized service personnel only. Press to return to the main console menu.

APR Editor on Touch Screen It is strongly suggested that you review the operator manual (2406878-100) before proceeding. A good understanding of the terminology and APR menu structures is needed to make APR changes. 1.) From the system utilities menu, press APR Editor. A screen similiar in appearance to the normal operating screen will be displayed as below. However, as a reminder that you are in

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 141

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

APR editor mode, the word APR EDITOR will be displayed in the APR window.

2.) Refer to the applicable subsections for the procedures to change parameters and technique for existing APR items, and to edit, add, or delete APR, procedural, or menu items. Note:

When a region of interest (i.e. SKULL) is selected, a pop-up menu will appear similar to that in normal APR mode. In addition to “new” ADD, EDIT, and DELETE buttons, a MOVE UP and MOVE DOWN button will be displayed. The MOVE UP and MOVE DOWN buttons allow the items in a menu or submenu to be rearranged. To do this, select the item to be moved. This will highlight the item. Press MOVE UP to move the selected item up in the list, and MOVE DOWN to move the selected item down in the list.

Page 142

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Change parameters or techniques for an existing APR item 1.) Select the APR item to be changed. If the APR item is in a submenu of a menu or procedural item, select the parent menu item or procedural item, then press Open Submenu. It may be necessary to drill down through several submenus to find the desired APR item. 2.) When the selected APR item is highlighted, select the patient size. The desired parameters / technique may be changed for that patient size (radiographic kV, mA, mAs, ms, density, AEC/ mA/ms/mAs, focal spot, film screen, AEC fields, image receptor). Repeat for all patient sizes for that APR item as required. 3.) Repeat steps a and b for other APR items within that menu or submenu, if applicable. 4.) Press Back when finished changing APR items in that menu / submenu. This may need to be done more than once to return to the top APR menu for the selected region of interest. A popup window will display asking if you wish to save the changes. Press OK to save the changes; Cancel cancels the changes. Note:

When editing or adding an APR item, menu item, or procedural item, an English keyboard will pop up at the bottom of the screen. A partial keyboard with international symbols may be displayed at the top of the screen. To display the desired international characters, select the language of your choice from the list near the top right side of the screen. Characters may then be entered via either keyboard.

Edit (change the name of) an APR item 1.) Select the APR item as per step 1 under “To change parameters or technique for an existing APR item”. The selection will be highlighted. 2.) Press Edit. Keyboard(s) will display on the screen as described above, with the current name Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 143

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

of the APR item highlighted. -

Press Cancel on the lower keyboard to exit without changing the name.

-

Press Delete to delete the highlighted name on the keyboard.

-

Type in the new name for that APR item. Use the <- key to back space if corrections are needed.

-

Press ENTER when finished.

Delete an APR item 1.) Select the APR item to be deleted. The selection will be highlighted. 2.) Press Delete. A pop-up window will display asking if you are sure you want to delete this item. Press OK to delete the item; Cancel cancels the deletion.

Add an APR item 1.) Select the appropriate location to add the APR item. An APR item may be added directly to a main APR menu, or may be added to a submenu of another menu or procedural item. If the APR item is to be added to a submenu of a menu or procedural item, select the parent menu item or procedural item, then press Open Submenu. It may be necessary to drill down through several submenus to find the desired location for the new APR item. 2.) Press Add. A pop-up window will display allowing you to select three item types to be added. Select APR Item (this is the default selection, and the only available selection if adding to a procedural menu). 3.) Press OK to continue. Cancel will cancel this action. 4.) Keyboard(s) will display on the screen as described previously. -

Type in the name of the new APR item.

-

Press ENTER when finished.

-

The new APR item will appear on the selected menu or submenu.

-

Change the parameters and technique as “To change parameters or technique for an existing APR item”.

Add, edit, or delete a procedural item 1.) To delete a procedural item, follow the steps in “To delete an APR item”. Doing so will also delete the submenu associated with that procedural item. 2.) To edit a procedural item, follow the steps in “To edit (change the name of) an APR item”. 3.) To add a procedural item, follow steps 1 to 3 in “To add an APR item”, except select APR Procedure in step 2. 4.) Keyboard(s) will display on the screen as described previously.

Page 144

-

Type in the name of the new procedural item.

-

Press ENTER when finished.

-

The new procedural item will appear on the selected menu or submenu.

-

Select the newly added procedural item. The selection will be highlighted.

-

Press Open Submenu. A “generic” APR item named First Item has been automatically inserted in that submenu.

-

You may now edit the name and change the parameters and technique for that APR item, and add additional APR items for that procedural item as per previous steps.

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Add, edit, or delete a menu item 1.) To delete a menu item, follow the steps in “To delete an APR item”. Doing so will also delete the submenu associated with that menu item. 2.) To edit a menu item, follow the steps in “To edit (change the name of) an APR item”. 3.) To add a menu item, follow steps 1 to 3 in “To add an APR item”, except select APR Sub Menu in step 2. 4.) Keyboard(s) will display on the screen as described previously.

2.1.3.2

-

Type in the name of the new menu item.

-

Press ENTER when finished.

-

The new menu item will appear on the selected menu or submenu.

-

Select the newly added menu item. The selection will be highlighted.

-

Press Open Submenu. A “generic” APR item named First Item has been automatically inserted in that submenu.

-

You may now edit the name and change the parameters and technique for that APR item, and add additional APR items for that menu item as per previous steps.

APR Editor on PC Click “Start -> Programs -> GenWare Utilities -> Touch Screen APR Editor”.

Creating New APR File Be aware of the generator and x-ray tube limits when setting the parameters. Failure to do so may cause a limit error when the edited procedure is chosen on the touch screen.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 145

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1.) Opening the APR Editor from PC will show an image similar to the one below.

2.) Holding the mouse over any “Item“ will show a pop-up window containing the same information as in the “Properties“ panel but in a more concise way as shown below.

Page 146

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.) Use the APR Data panel on the right hand side of the APR Editor to insert new Menus ( Procedures (

) and / or Items (

),

).

Menu = - can contain other Menus (i.e. SKULL, SINUSES, FACIAL BONES), Procedures (i.e. SKULL PROC) or Items (i.e. SKULL TOWNES, SKULL LAT). Procedure = - contains a list of items. Upon selecting the first Item in a Procedure and completing an exposure the Touch Screen will automatically select the next Item in the list and so on until the entire list of items under the selected Procedure is exhausted. Item = - anything contained within Menus and / or Procedures that is not a Menu or a Procedure (i.e. SKULL TOWNES, SKULL LAT, SKULL BASAL, SKULL ZYGO.ARCH) 4.) To edit an item in the Table of APR click the selected item once, after the appearance of the pop up window containing all parameters values for the selected item, click again, the item should be available for editing. (see below)

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 147

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

a.) Click once on the item to edit.

b.) After the pop up info show up click the item again.

c.)

Page 148

Change the item name as desired.

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Use the Properties panel on the left hand side of the APR Editor to modify the parameters for each item and /or procedure. 6.) Select the parameter value to modify on the Properties panel and double click it. A drop down box will be displayed containing a range of values available for the selected parameter. Notice that only the items parameters values can be modified. Menus and procedures do not contain any parameters. 7.) Changing from small to large Focus, for the pediatric size patient of the Skull Townes item. a.) Select the Skull Townes item.

b.) Double click the parameter to be modified (Focus in our case) and select the desired value.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 149

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Saving Newly Created APR File 1.) Use the button on the toolbar or File / Save As from the drop down menu to save the new APR to your desired location on the PC. 2.) After the APR file is saved it can be printed using any text editor on your PC (i.e. use notepad or word to open the file and print it if desired). 3.) The entire APR file can be viewed using the File / Open In Dialog.... from the drop down menu (see below).

Page 150

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Edit An Existing APR File 1.) Download the desired APR file from the Touch Screen to the PC. 2.) On the APR Editor click the button on the toolbar or File / Open... from the drop down menu to open the APR downloaded from the Touch Screen. The file can be edited in the APR Editor now.

2.1.3.3

APR Backup / Restore 1.) From the system utilities menu, press APR Backup / Restore. A pop-up window will display showing the available backup files and the factory-default APR files in various languages. Pressing Close will exit the backup and restore menu. 2.) Refer to the applicable subsections (following) for the procedures to back-up the current APR data, and to restore saved APR data. The entire APR (parameters and techniques, APR text, menu structures, etc) is backed up.

Back-up current APR data 1.) Press Backup. 2.) Keyboard(s) will display on the screen as described previously. -

Type in the name of the new backup file.

-

Press ENTER when finished. The console will return to the APR backup / restore menu.

-

A pop-up window will display indicating that the backup was successful. Press OK to continue.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 151

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Restore backed-up APR data 1.) Select the APR data file to be restored. The selection will be highlighted. 2.) Press Restore. 3.) After a brief delay, a pop-up window will display indicating that restore was successful. Press OK.

Delete an APR data file Note:

All the APRs can be deleted except for PS800 APRs. 1.) Select the APR data file to be deleted. The selection will be highlighted. 2.) Press Delete. A pop-up window will display asking if you are sure you want to delete this file. Press YES to delete the file; NO cancels the deletion.

Restore the factory default APR data Note:

If press Factory Defaults, the APR will restore to CPI defaults, and PS800 APRs will disappear. So DO NOT press it if possible. 1.) Press Factory Defaults. 2.) After a brief delay, a pop-up window will display indicating that restore was successful. Press OK.

APR download / Upload Refer to APR Upload on page 194 in details.

2.1.3.4

Date / Time Setup 1.) From the system utilities menu, press Date / Time Setup. A pop-up window that allows setting

Page 152

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

of the date and time will display.

-

Set the year Press the up or down arrows adjacent to Year to select the desired year. The selected year will display to the left of the up / down selection buttons.

-

Set the month Press the up or down arrows adjacent to Month to select the desired month. The selected month will display to the left of the up / down selection buttons.

-

Set the date Press to select the desired date on the calendar that is displayed.

-

Set the hour Press the up or down arrows to the right of Hour to select the desired hour. The selected hour will display to the left of the up / down selection buttons. This must be selected in 24 hour format, i.e. 2 PM would be entered as hour 14.

-

Set the minute Press the up or down arrows to the right of Minute to select the desired minute. The selected minute will display to the left of the up / down selection buttons. The current time will be displayed under Current Time.

2.) Press Apply to apply the current date and time settings without exiting the date and time menu. Pressing OK will apply the current settings and return to the system utilities menu. Cancel returns to the system utilities menu without applying changes to the time or date.

2.1.3.5 Note:

Receptor Symbols Receptor symbols are factory configured as below. Receptor 1: Fluoro + Digital Spot Receptor 2: Fluoro + DSA Receptor 3: Under table film exposure Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 153

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Receptor 4: On table cassette film exposure Receptor 5: Not used Receptor 6: Not used

1

2

3

4

5

6

The current image receptor symbols may be replaced with predefined symbols chosen from the receptor symbol library. Each image receptor button will always select a predefined image receptor (i.e. table Bucky, wall Bucky, DR, etc.). Before changing the image receptor symbols, it must be clearly understood which image receptors are selected by each image receptor button. Each image receptor button should then have a logical and intuitive symbol assigned to that position. 1.) From the system utilities menu, press Receptor Symbols. 2.) A pop-up window will display as above showing the image receptor buttons with the currently assigned symbols near the right side of the receptor symbols window, and the library of available receptor symbols near the left side of the window. 3.) Select the image receptor button for which the symbol is to be changed. The receptor numbers in the figure above correspond to the receptor numbers. 4.) Select an appropriate symbol for the selected receptor from the symbols library..

5.) Press

to assign the selected symbol to the selected image receptor button.

6.) Repeat steps 3 and 5 for each image receptor whose symbol is to be changed. 7.) Press OK to continue or CANCEL to return to the system utilities menu without making any changes. If OK was pressed, a pop-up window will display asking if you wish to save the changes. Press YES to save the changes. Press NO to return to the system utilities menu; CANCEL cancels the changes. 8.) To delete unused symbols from the receptor symbols library, select the symbol to be deleted. The selected symbol will be highlighted. Page 154

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

2.1.3.6

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

-

Press

.

-

A pop-up window will display asking if you wish to delete the selected item. Press YES to delete the item; NO cancels the deletion.

-

DO NOT DELETE SYMBOLS YOU MAY WANT TO USE IN THE FUTURE.

Touch Screen Setup The touch screen setup menu accesses submenus that allow the service engineer to perform the following functions: -

Enable or disable certain console functions (voice messaging, continuous fluoro tone, audible generator ready indication, auto power off).

-

Set up serial communication port COM 1 on the touch screen console.

-

Select the language for operator and error messages and graphics (i.e. on buttons, etc).

-

Select the generator type.

-

Select the screen saver interval.

-

Select the sound volume.

-

Select the digital interface type.

-

Change the operator and service password.

-

Review the console error log.

1.) From the system utilities menu, press Touch Screen Setup. 2.) The touch screen setup window will be displayed. This has four tabs, SETTINGS, FEATURES, PASSWORDS, and ERROR LOGS that will be discussed in sequence. The System Code is unique code assigned to each touch screen on which the software is installed. The License is a code specifically assigned to each touch screen. This enables options in the features tab.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 155

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 Note:

Page 156

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

If you order a new touch screen, you will need to get a new License Key from CPI web using your laptop: http://cpicanadatslic.cpii.com/tslicensekey.aspx according to the system code. The customer code is “8888“.

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Settings

Continuous Fluoro Tone

Sets the audio indicator mode during fluourscopy. On(

)

Off

The exposure indicator beeps continuously during a fluoro exposure, at one-second intervals. The exposure indicator beeps once at the start of a fluoro exposure, and once when the fluoro exposure ends..

Indicate Enables / disables the audible generator ready sounds (voice and / or Generator Ready tone). On(

Off

)

A tone will sound when the generator is ready to make an exposure (while pressing the PREP button, or briefly before making an exposure while the X-RAY buttong is pressed). A tone will not sound when the generator is ready to make an exposure. A text message only will be presented.

1.) Program the functions defined in the table above by checking or unchecking the applicable item. 2.) Program the Digital Port to COM1. This selects the communication port for the optional digital interface i.e. the InfiMed imaging system. 3.) Program the DAP Port. Use default. 4.) Program the Data Link Port to COM2. 5.) Program the Languages. This selects the language for operator and error messages, and for text on the buttons, etc. Voice messages may only be availabe in English. 6.) Select the Generator Type as Indico 100. 7.) Set the Screen Saver Interval as OFF. This sets the time from the last activity on the touch screen until the screen saver is activated. 8.) Set the Sound Volume by dragging the slider to the left (lower) or right (louder). This sets the Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 157

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

loudness of the voice messages and button clicks. 9.) Press OK to continue or CANCEL to return to the system utilities menu without making any changes. If OK was pressed, a pop-up window will display asking if you wish to save the changes. Press YES to save the changes. Press NO to return to the system utitlies menu. CANCEL cancels the changes.

Features

1.) From the touch screen setup window, select FEATURES. Available digital interfaces will be shown on the screen. 2.) Check GE Hualun Digital Interface to enable the function. 3.) Press OK to continue or CANCEL to return to the system utilities menu without making any changes. If OK is pressed, a pop-up window will display asking if you wish to save the changes. Press YES to save the changes. Press NO to return to the system utilities menu; CANCEL cancels the changes.

Page 158

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Passwords

1.) From the touch screen setup window, select PASSWORDS. 2.) To change the operator password, press the ... button to the right of the top operator password line. A password window will pop up. Enter the new password. -

Press Clear to cancel an incorrect entry.

-

Press Cancel to close the password pop-up window.

-

Press Accept to accept the new password.

3.) Repeat the previous step to enter the new password on the second operator password line. 4.) Press OK to continue; CANCEL cancels the changes. 5.) A pop-up window will display asking if you wish to save the changes. Press YES to save the changes. Press NO to return to the system utilities menu; CANCEL cancels the changes. Be sure to record the new service password before changing the factory-default password. If the new password is subsequently lost, consult the factory or re-install the touch screen software in order to restore the factory-default service password. 6.) To change the service password, press the ... button to the right of the top service password line. A password window will pop up. Enter the new password. -

Press Clear to cancel an incorrect entry.

-

Press Cancel to close the password pop-up window.

-

Press Accept to accept the new password.

7.) Repeat the previous step to enter the new password on the second service password line. 8.) Press OK to continue; CANCEL cancels the changes. 9.) A pop-up window will display asking if you wish to save the changes. Press YES to save the changes. Press NO to return to the system utilities menu; CANCEL cancels the changes.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 159

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Error Logs The error logs function records console errors only. This screen exists for CPI debugging purposes. The information recorded will generally be of no value to field-service personnel.

2.1.3.7

Touch Screen Calibration The touch screen calibration function should be performed if touching the center of the “buttons” does not activate that function, i.e. if the touch-sensitive area appears displaced from the center of the corresponding icon. 1.) From the system utilities menu, press Touch Screen Calibration. 2.) A pop-up window will display indicating that in order to complete the calibration, the center of each target must be pressed. Press OK. 3.) Press CANCEL to exit without performing the calibration. 4.) Press the center of the target at the top left of the screen. This will set up the touch sensitive area in that quadrant. 5.) Repeat the previous step for the three remaining targets. 6.) A pop-up window will display asking if you wish to accept this calibration. Press YES to accept the calibration; NO returns to the system utilities menu. 7.) If you pressed YES in the previous step,a pop-up window will display indicating that the touch screen needs to restart. Press OK to restart the console; CANCEL returns to the system utilities menu. 8.) When the touch screen console restarts, the touch screen calibration needs to be verified. A screen indicating Please press the target buttons... will appear. You must press the center of the target at the top left of the screen, plus the center of the next three targets within 30 seconds.

Page 160

If the calibration was done properly, you will be taken to the main menu. Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 -

2.1.3.8

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

If the calibration in steps 4 and 5 was not done properly, it will not be possible to press the center of the targets in this step. The calibration program will run again, allowing you to redo the touch screen calibration.

Data Link This is used with CPI GenWare utility software. This allows for data communication with the workstation in order to download additional tube types, transfer APR data, edit APR text, perform setup and calibration functions, and for other minor functions. Further documentation is included with GenWare.

2.2

Recovery If necessary, do recovery with the recovery disk which includes Operating System, Service Package, Drivers, GenWare, PCU, and Image Brightness Measure installation softwares. Suggest recovering system with the recovery disk if necessary. If you want to intall the softwares respectively, please refer to Precision THUNIS-800+ Restricted Service Manual (2406879-100). 1.) Insert the recovery disk into the CD-ROM, and close the CD-ROM and reboot the workstation.

2.) When a time counter appears on the left-top corner, press “enter“ key to start the recovery process. At the same time, there will be a click sound from the PC speaker. If the site uses a CRT monitor, there will be nothing on the screen, press “enter“ after the click sound.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 161

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.) Waiting, after recovery finishes, system will reboot automatically. If the site uses a CRT monitor, and cannot see anything in the screen, when the click sound appears for the second time, do nothing until the sound disappears, and boot from the harddisk.

4.) If reboot successfully, the desktop of Windows XP appears.

Page 162

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Enter “Control Panel” in the path “Start -> Settings -> Control Panel“.

6.) Select the third tab in “Regional and Language Options“, and select the compatible language in the “Select a language to match the language version of the non-Unicode program you want to use“. Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 163

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 Example:

2.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Spanish (Mexico) in a Mexico site.

DSA After system recovery, please install DSA software.

2.3.1

Concept Definition 1.) DSA DSA is the software that mainly provides the image processing, DICOM protocol data transference, DICOM protocol image printing, and the patient information database management. When system boots up, DSA will auto-run with all the system hotkeys activation. When leave DSA, windows OS will shuts down automatically. DSA need installation and registration to the operation system, the mandatory installation path is D:\dsa. 2.) DSA Activation The DSA software need registration fee and is protected by the copyright law, so it must be activate by buying and registering the serial key number for openning the main function of the software. This function provided in the DSASetup tool, it would be available after the DSA installed successfully. 3.) DSA Setup and Grab Setup

2.3.2

Uninstallation English/Chinese version of DSA software is factory installed. You should uninstall the English/ Chinese version, and install the English/Local Language version.

Page 164

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1.) Close DSA software and quit to window. 2.) Open "Control Panel".

3.) Double-click "Add or Remove Programs".

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 165

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

4.) Select "Phother DSA Digital System 7.10", and click "Remove".

5.) Click “Yes“ to remove.

6.) After remove DSA from control panel, go to regedit to remove DSA completely. 7.) Run “regedit“ from “Start -> Run“.

Page 166

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

8.) Input “regedit“, and then “OK“.

9.) Select the folder in the explorer. Note the path.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 167

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

10.) Right-click “Hrml“, and choose “Delete“.

Page 168

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

11.) Delete the folder D:\dsa by press “shift“ + “del“.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 169

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

12.) DSA uninstallation is completed.

2.3.3

Installation English/Chinese version of DSA software is factory installed.

Page 170

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1.) Run setup.exe in E:\setup\DSASetup\, and click "Next".

2.) Accept the terms in the license agreement", and click "Next".

3.) Install, the setup wizard will register the software to OS automatically.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 171

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

4.) Click "Finish".

Page 172

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

2.3.4

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Setup and Activation 1.) Double-click "DSASetup" to run it in D:\dsa.

2.) Input the Password in the popup window, and click "OK". Note:

Please refer to Precision THUNIS-800+ Restricted Service Manual (2406879-100) to get the password.

3.) Input hospital name in the "DSA Config Tool" interface.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 173

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

4.) Input report title in the "DSA Config Tool" interface, and setup password as customer requirements.

Page 174

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Select one modality. Usually use default. If there is any other products use the modality name as default in hospital, please change it to another one.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 175

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

6.) Select "Apply DSA" checkbox to activate DSA if ROCKEY has not been activated yet, input the Serial Number. Note:

If customer order DSA, please get the letter from customer, open it, input the serial number, and activate DSA.

If DSA is activated before, the serial number of DSA has already stored in the ROCKEY, so DO NOT click “Apply DSA“ during re-installation.

Page 176

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

7.) Select "Apply DICOM" checkbox to activate DICOM if ROCKEY has not been activated yet, input the Serial Number.. If DICOM is activated before, the serial number of DICOM has already stored in the ROCKEY, so DO NOT click “Apply DICOM“ during re-installation.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 177

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

8.) Click "Reversion" to restore the patient database, select the version customer needs and press "Reversion" in the popup "Database Reversion" dialog, and then, the computer will restart.

Page 178

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

2.3.5

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Grab Setup 1.) Double-click "GrabSetup" in D:\dsa.

2.) Input the Password in the popup window, and click "OK". Note:

Please refer to Precision THUNIS-800+ Restricted Service Manual (2406879-100) to get the password.

3.) Click "Init" to initialize the parameter of the Grabber.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 179

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

4.) Click "OK" to close the error dialog, click "Start". Step the right foot switch to get the frame, and confirm there is an image.

5.) Click “Stop“ and then “Exit“ to finish the configuration. Page 180

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

6.) After DSA parameters setup, copy "RunDsa.exe" in D:\dsa.

7.) Paste the “RunDsa.exe“ to C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator.THTFCOMPUTER.001\Start Menu\Programs\Startup.

8.) Re-start the computer. If DSA software is auto log on, the configuration is completed. Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 181

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

2.3.6

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Configure DSA / DICOM Function Environment Parameters 1.) Run dsa.exe in D:\dsa. The main interface will be full of the screen. Supposing that there is a patient and image series, click "DCM Store".

2.) Input all the correct information of the PACS server supplied by hospital in the "Dcm Store SCU" popup window, and then, click "Verify" to test the network connection.

Page 182

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.) "Verification Success" dialog will popup in several seconds if the information is correct, That means PACS server information has been configured now. Click "OK" to close it.

4.) Click "DCM Print". Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 183

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Click "Setup Print Parameters" in the popup window.

6.) Input the service password in the popup dialog as you set before.

Page 184

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

7.) The "Settings" window will popup. Set the parameters as operators requirements in “Print Scheme Setup“ tab.

8.) Input all the correct information of the DICOM Printer supplied by hospital in the "Server Setup" Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 185

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

tab, and then, click "Verify" to test the network connection. If the connection is ok, select the "Add as Default" checkbox, click "add" to add the printer. And then, the DICOM printer configuration is finished.

9.) Click "Patient management".

Page 186

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

10.) Click "WorkList" in the popup "Patient Registration" window.

11.) Input all the correct information of the DICOM Printer supplied by hospital in "WorkList SCU", and then, click "Verify". If the information is correct, the connection successful information Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 187

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

dialog will popup in several seconds, and then, the worklist server configuration is finished.

2.3.7

Exit DSA When system power up, DSA will auto log on, Windows XP system functions are locked. If exit DSA software, the computer will auto power off. If necessary to resume Windows XP system functions to carry out relevant maintenance, refer to Precision THUNIS-800+ Restricted Service Manual (2406879-100). After maintenance is finished, remember to re-lock the system.

2.3.8

The ROCKEY driver installation

Note:

Rockey driver installation is only using after recover the whole windows XP system. If you just re-install DSA and have installed rockey driver before, ignore this section. Go to D:\dsa\Rockey\ and run “InstDrv“, install and setup the parameter as default.

Page 188

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 189

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

2.4

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Software Backup / Restore Factory configured parameters are stored in D:\Service Tools\. Restore the parameters if necessary.

2.4.1

Generator Parameters Backup / Restore Factory configured parameters are saved as PS800_generator_VXX.gen.

Example:

PS800_generator_V01.gen. 1.) Click “Start -> Programs -> GenWare Utilities -> GenWare Generator Utilities” to run GenWare Generator Utilities. 2.) Backup generator parameters. a.) Click “Utility -> Backup Generator to File”.

b.) Select the location you prefer to save the backups, give a name (such as “Generator Parameters“), and then, click “Save“. Sugget to save the backup file to D:\Service Tools\.

Page 190

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.) Restore generator parameters. Note:

Generator parameters must be restored after resetting to factory. a.) Click “Utility -> Restore Generator from File”.

b.) Restore the factory configured backed-up file from D:\Service Tools\. Note:

Check the settings after downloading the parameters as below.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 191

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

I.) Setup -> Tube Selection A196

RAD14

II.) Setup -> Generator Limits

2.4.2

PCU Parameters Backup / Restore Factory configured parameters are saved as PS800_PCU_VXX.bin.

Example:

Page 192

PS800_PCU_V01.bin.

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1.) Click “Start -> Programs -> TH8740_122 -> TTT_TH8740” to run PCU.

PCU parameters download / upload procedure

2.) Backup PCU parameters. a.) Click “Save Factory” button. Select the location you prefer to save the backups, give a name (such as “PCU parameters“), and then, click “Save“. Sugget to save the backup file to D:\Service Tools\. b.) Click “Get Factory“ button. 3.) Restore PCU parameters. a.) Click “Set Factory” button. b.) Restore the factory configured backed-up file from D:\Service Tools\. c.)

Click “Restore Factory“ to set parameters to current setting.

d.) Reset PCU. Note:

Check the Gamma settings after downloading the parameters as below.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 193

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

2.4.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

APR Upload 1.) Insert the Service Tool Disk into your CD-ROM, and connect the USB flash disk to your USB port of the computer. 2.) Copy all the APR files to the root directory of the USB flash disk. 3.) Connect a USB flash disk to USBA or USBB on the back of the touch screen console. 4.) From the system utilities menu, press APR Backup / Restore. A pop-up window as following will be displayed on the screen.

Page 194

Section 2.0 - Softwares

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Press the button

, a new pop-up window displays as following.

6.) To upload an APR file from a USB flash disk to the touch screen select the desired file (ex. PS800+English-V01.apr) from the USB Device window and press

. Once the file is

copied successfully, it will appear in the Touch Screen window of the USB File Transfer Utility. 7.) Using this way, upload all APRs to touch screen. 8.) When finished, press Close to exit to window "APR Backup and Restore". 9.) Delete the original APRs of touch screen. Such as "ENGLISH.APR" 10.) Restore "PS800+English.apr" as current APR. 11.) When finished, press Close to exit and go to main screen.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 195

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0 Image 3.1

Tube Conditioning / Seasoning Tube conditioning or “seasoning” is particularly important for new tubes or tubes that have not been used for several days. This should be performed on each X-ray tube before attempting auto calibration, as an unseasoned tube may not operate properly at higher kV values without arcing. Note:

Close the collimator blades and put a folded Lead Apron on the table-top to protect I.I tube. Select “Receptor 3“ or “Receptor 4“ before tube conditioning / seasoning.

3.1.1

Overview The generator does X-ray tube auto calibration at 50 kV, 60 kV, 70 kV, 80 kV, 100 kV and 120 kV. The tube normally needs to be seasoned before it can be operated at the higher voltages encountered during auto calibration. Tube seasoning is started by auto calibrating the kV stations up to and including part of the 70 kV station. The tube is then seasoned at 70 kV. Progressively higher kV stations are then auto calibrated and seasoned. Finally the entire kV and mA range is auto calibrated, then the tube is seasoned at the remaining high kV values. Manually releasing the exposure button during auto calibration of a particular kV station in the following procedure prevents the generator from attempting operation beyond that kV/mA value.

Note:

3.1.2

Low speed only exposures are recommended for the seasoning exposures , to prevent excessive hear build-up in the housing from the stator windings or the rotor bearings.

Procedure

Note:

X-ray tube seasoning should be done on LARGE focus in order to minimize tube wear. And then, SMALL focus. 1.) Run Genware Generator Utilities software, and open Setup -> Auto Tube Calibration.

2.) Do the calibration of LARGE focus at first.

Page 196

Section 3.0 - Image

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

Note:

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

The procedure below is intended for seasoning an X-ray tube prior to attempting tube auto calibration. To season a tube that does not need to be calibrated, simply follow steps b, d, f, h, and i. a.) Start the tube auto calibration sequence , and manually terminate the exposure at 70 kV and 250 mA. b.) Season the tube at 70 kV by taking approximately 10 exposures of 200 mA and 100 ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15 seconds. c.)

Restart the auto calibration sequence and manually terminate the exposure at 100 kV and 250 mA.

d.) Season the tube at 100 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 200 mA and 100 ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15 seconds e.) Restart the auto calibration sequence and manually terminate the exposure at 120 kV and 160 mA. f.)

Season the tube at 120 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 160 mA and 100 ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15 seconds.

g.) Restart the auto calibration sequence and allow the auto calibration sequence to complete. h.) Season the tube at 130 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 100 mA and 50 ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15 seconds. i.)

Repeat step 8 at 140 kV, and then at 145 kV.

3.) Do the calibration of SMALL focus by repeating the above steps.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 197

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

ABC Note:

3.2.1

For the details, refer to in Class M Service Manual (2406879-100).

ABC Loop Introduction Figure below shows the ABC loop of Precision THUNIS-800+. PCU use the average signal level into pre-set ROI to elaborate the ABC signal and output it through J4. This signal is sent to J8 of CPI gen I/F board to control generator. J8 is a BNC connector. PCU

Generator J8 Co-axis cable

J4

3.2.2

Gen I/F bd

ABC Calibration Overview There are mainly 3 steps to do ABC calibration. 1.) Set pre-defined dose. This step is to get pre-defined Dose rate under pre-defined phantom and exposure parameters. 2.) Calibrate PCU setting. This step is to adjust Optics Iris, Neutral density filter, and CCD setting through PCU control software. The purpose is to get proper brightness image under pre-defined Dose rate. 3.) Calibrate generator setting. This step is to adjust generator settings. The purpose is to get required fluoro kV and mA for specified thickness phantom.

Page 198

Section 3.0 - Image

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

AEC Note:

3.3.1

For the details, refer to in Class M Service Manual (2406879-100).

AEC Overview There are mainly 2 steps to do AEC calibration. 1.) Calibrate generator setting to get pre-defined dose. This step is to get required dose for specified phantom. 2.) Calibrate PCU setting. This step is to get proper image brightness under required dose.

3.3.2

Preliminary AEC setup 1.) Before AEC calibration, make sure the PCU parameter have been downloaded. Make sure the fluoro kV to Rad kV curves and AEC setup parameter have been set in generator. It means the Generator parameter has been downloaded to generator. Make sure the system pass Exposure accuracy test and X-Ray alignment test. 2.) Check that the AEC cable is correctly connected. This cable shall be connected to J2 of Thales image chain Photodiode board and AEC board on generator. As shown below.

AEC Channel 1 AEC Channel 2

3.) Place 15cm Plexiglas on positioner table, make sure it cover the FOV. 4.) Power up system, and ready for digital spot. Note:

If the digital spot or DSA exposure technique shall be adjusted, a simpler way is to adjust the density value on touch screen. The density value can be set to: +5, +4, +3, +2, +1, 0, -1, -2, -3, -4, -5. Set density to a value > 0 will increase exposure time in AEC mode. Set density to a value < 0 will decrease exposure time in AEC mode. Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 199

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0 Network 4.1

DICOM Configuration Please refer to step 7 in Setup and Activation on page 173.

4.2

DSA Activation Please refer to step 6 in Setup and Activation on page 173.

Page 200

Section 4.0 - Network

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation Section 1.0 Positioner Table 1.1 1.1.1

1.1.2

Main Function Table Movement •

Tilting;

•

Tube arm up and down;

•

Table top left and right;

•

Compressor up and down movement.

Exposure Management Communicate with console TDSP board to achieve exposure management.

1.2

Architecture Refer to Digital System Table Schematics on page 289.

1.2.1

Kernel Board Logic control assembly: •

Logic IO board;

•

X-ray control board;

•

Motor relay board.

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation

Page 201

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.2.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Block Diagram Trigger Signal

Logic board Logic Calculation

Motor relay board

X-ray control board

Movement drive Collimator blade close/open

Communicate with TDSP board

Frequency inverter (3 phase motor)

Tilting movement and Tube Arm up&down movement

1 phase motor

Table top left&right and Compressor up&down movement

Trigger signal, such as limit switch, console joystick, table side button, footswitch and so on, input to Logic Board. After logic calculation by Logic Board, signal will output to X-ray Control Board and Motor Relay Board. X-ray Control Board will achieve collimator blade close/open and communicate with TDSP Board. Motor Relay Board will drive four movements. Tilting movement and Tube arm up&down movement are drived by Frequency Inverter (3 phase motor); Table top left&right movement and Compressor up&down movement are drived by 1 phase motor.

Page 202

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0 Generator

Please see the details in CPI Service Manual.

Section 3.0 PDU 3.1

Fuction Power supply to all subsystems include integrated console, positioner table, tube fun, and generator.

3.2

•

220VAC for console;

•

220VAC and 110VAC for positioner table;

•

220VAC for tube fun;

•

380VAC/400VAC for generator.

Architecture Refer to Digital System PDU Schematics on page 294.

3.3

Block Diagram Console 220VAC

Tube fun

Isolation transformer

380VAC/400VAC

Positioner table

Console 110VAC

Positioner table Tube fun

Generator

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation

Page 203

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0 Integrated Console 4.1

Function

4.1.1

Power Supply -

4.1.2

4.1.3

4.2

220VAC monitor (workstation);

-

24VDC PCU console IF and Image Intensifier (I.I.);

-

+/-12VDC TDSP board and intercom;

-

5VDC console interface.

Intercom -

Console Mic to table speaker;

-

Table Mic to Console speaker.

System Interface -

Generator room interface;

-

PCU realtime control interface;

-

TDSP interface;

-

Window Wide(WW) / Window Level(WL) adjustment interface;

-

CPI touchscreen PS232 communication

-

I.I. control interface

Architecture Refer to Digital System Console Schematics on page 296.

4.2.1

Page 204

Kernel Board -

TDSP board

-

Console interface board

-

Intercom board

Section 4.0 - Integrated Console

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

4.2.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Block Diagram

TDSP board WW/WL adjustment interface

Touchscreen parameter X-ray on signal

techspot

Console interface

Digital box realtime interface

PCU realtime control I.I Generator room interface

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation

Page 205

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5.0 Image Chain 5.1

5.2

Main Feature •

Video output.

•

Real time image processing with flexible setting.

•

Various CCD operating modes up to 1000x1000 pixels/30 frames per second.

•

Internal or external synchronization.

•

Defective pixel correction.

•

Motorized iris and neutral density filter.

•

Light measurement path for Automatic Exposure Control.

Theory of Operation X-ray, which reach Image Intensifier entrance, is converted to visible light by image intensifier and output to lens. The image, which focus at input screen of CCD camera, is then converted to electrical signal by CCD camera. After transmitted to a specified circuit board called PCU, electrical image signal is processed in PCU and output to monitor for final display.

Page 206

Section 5.0 - Image Chain

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

5.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Block Diagram

XRII:TH9428 HP2

Compact lens

X-rays

HVPS: TH 7195-3

24 VDC and magnification control

Camera head TH 8740-020

Optics control board

Light measurement path Processing and Control Unit

photodiode control for AEC

Interface with the PCU: Camera operating modes control Image processing control ABC Analog video Digital video 24 VDC

EQUIPMENT

Delivered parts

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation

Non-delivered parts

Page 207

Tube Grid

OCB

Page 208

PCU

FootSW and Spot signal

Console IF board

CCD

LVDS / 1Kx1Kx12bit

PDB

Optics

I.I

Section 5.0 - Image Chain

Monitor

Display card

Digital BOX

PCI/ 1750 card

PCI/ Frame Grabber

Image Convert Bd

LVDSÆCamera link

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

Section 6.0 Digital Box

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

The Precision THUNIS-800+ digital box mainly consists of digital Imaging workstation, a control interface board, and image frame grabber. An analog electrical signal is obtained when the X-ray penetrates through human tissue and passes by the image intensifier and TV camera. Such a signal is output to D.I.W where it is amplified, and then digitized at a high speed by image frame grabber. In order to real-time display and acquire images, the system is required to configue a high-performance and high-speed PC system, including digital image processing unit, analog video-frequency logarithm transformation, and image frame grabber. The control interface board functions to guarantee the synchronization between X-ray machine’s exposure and image acquisition so as to complete the digital spot. The digital fluoroscopy and digital abstraction function of the system can easily be used to guide the direction of cathetherization in the process of intervention. The digital subtraction means to subtract normal-structure images of angiography and only display blood vessel images. Therefore, besides the after-angiography images, the normal-structure images before angiography are also needed. Image output modes include image printing, image recording, and laser photography etc. Printing is mainly used for preparing a clinic report. The printed image can only be used for reference owing to the restriction of paper and printer. Disc recording may be used for long-term image storage and resource sharing. The output interface of laser camera is in accordance with DICOM3 standard, which is convenient for connection to PACS or HIS.

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation

Page 209

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 210

Section 6.0 - Digital Box

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Section 1.0 Positioner Table 1.1

Digital System

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 211

Page 212 Check Joystick or Table Side Button Connection of Change Corresponding Ones N

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table Adjust Corresponding Limit Switch Basing on Code Indication

Check Limit Switch Status “AXXX”. Is it OK of the Limit Switch Indication

Y

Check Console Joystick or Table Side Button Input “BXXX” or “CXXX”. Is it charged when Joystick or Table Side Button is Activated?

N

Check Moving Indicate Code “DXXX”. Is it Charged When Joystick or Table Side Button Activated? Y

Tilting Arm

Compressor

Change Inverter

N

Check Power or Cable Connection. Power Up again, is OK?

Y

Check Frequency Inverter Error Codes are FXXX or AXXX

Check Relay Bd J3, Pin 1>2, or 1 ->3 is 110 VAC When Joystick’s Moving

N

Change Motor Relay Board

N

Check Relay Bd J2, Pin 1>2, or 1->3 is 220 VAC When Joystick or Table Side Button

Y

N

Y

Y

The BOP Display is + 50 Hz or - 50 Hz

Y

Re-connect Cable or Re-assemble Mechanical Part

N

Check Motor Cable or Mechanical Assembly

Re-connect Cable

N

Check Motor Cable

N

Y

Y

OK

Y

Check I/O Input Cable is OK?

Change Motor

Change Motor or capacitor

N

1.1.1

Run Positioner Diagnostic Program on Control TDSP Bd

Table Movement Function Disable

Table Top Move Function Disable

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Table Movement Function Disable

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.1.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Tube Fan Not Work

Tube Fan Not Work

N

PDU Fan Switch CB7 Closed?

Close

Y N

Output 220V is Correct?

Check PDU Transformer

Y N

Cable Connected?

Change Cable

Y

Change Tube Fan

END

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 213

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.1.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Anode Not Work

Anode Not Work

Press Exposure

Y

Have Error Codes?

Perform as Error Codes

N Restore GenWare Factory Configuration

Page 214

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.1.4

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Collimator Lamp Not Light Up Collimator Lamp Not Light Up

No Lights on either Console Side or Remote Control?

N

Change the Lamp Switch

Y

PDU Power Output is AC110V

Y

Table Transformer Output is 12 VAC?

Y

Change the Lamp

N N Check PDU Change Transformer

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 215

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.1.5

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Collimator Movement Issue Collimator Not Move, Unilaterally Move, Move in Wrong Direction

Whether X-ray Control Board Voltage is +/-15V

N

Whether Switch Power Output is DC+/-15V

Y

Cables of X-ray Control Board Connected/Works?

N

Connect/Change Cable

Y

Change X-ray Control Board

Page 216

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table

N

Change Switch Power

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.1.6

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

FOV Indication Error

FOV Indication Error

Calibrate Collimator by Refer to Collimator Calibration, No FOV Indication Error?

Y

N

Adjust Indication Knob based on X-ray FOV, No FOV Indication Error?

Y

END

N

Adjust Collimator Blades, No FOV Indication Error?

Y

N

Change Collimator

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 217

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Diagnostic Program

1.2.1

Process 1.) In “Remote“ console control state, press “Film clear“, “ID No. Set+“ and “Film No. Set+“ button together. 2.) Check the 4 Remain indicator state. Normal--”OFF”, Diagnose--”ON”. 3.) Press “ID No. Set-“ or “ID No. Set+“ button to switch IO monitor contents. 4.) Press “Film clear“, “ID No. Set+“ and “Film No. Set+“ buttons together again. Turn back to diagnostic program.

1.2.2

7 Seg LED Display Rule 4 bit signal of SEG is the HEX Binary-Coded data.

7 seg LED

Signal Name

Value

SEG1

bit3 ～ bit0

Limit_sw<11..0>

“A“=”1010”

SEG2

bit3

Compress_limit_sw

“1“@>compressor up limit

bit2

UD_range_sw

“1“@>Tube UD range

bit1

Down_limit_sw

“1“@Tube Down limit

bit0

Up_limit_sw

“1“@Tube Up limit

bit3

Right_limit_sw

“1“@Top Right limit

bit2

Left_limit_sw

“1“@Top Left limit

bit1

Reverse_degree_sw

“1“@<-18 degree (Tube auto protect position)

bit0

Vertical_over_sw

“1“@>90 degree detent

bit3

Incline_over_sw

“1“@<-30 degree detent

bit2

Incline_stop_sw

“1“@=-30 degree detent

bit1

Level_stop_sw

“1“@<=0 degree detent

bit0

Vertival_stop_sw

“1“@=90 degree detent

SEG1

bit3 ～ bit0

Console_sw<11..0>

“B“=”1011”

SEG2

bit3

Xray_Console_sw

“1“@Press spot switch

bit2

Foot_Console_sw

“1“@Press Fluoro Pedal

bit1

Com_down_Console_sw

“1“@Compressor stick down

bit0

Com_up_Console_sw

“1“@Compressor stick up

bit3

Spare_Console_sw

N/A

bit2

Right_Console_sw

“1“@Joy stick right

bit1

Left_Console_sw

“1“@Joy stick left

bit0

Down_Console_sw

“1“@Joy stick down

bit3

Up_Console_sw

“1“@Joy stick up

bit2

FallInv_Console_sw

“1“@Tilting stick fall and inv switch

bit1

Fall_Console_sw

“1“@Tilting stick fall

bit0

Rise_Console_sw

“1“@Tilting stick rise

SEG3

SEG4

SEG3

SEG4

Page 218

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

SEG1

bit3 ～ bit0

Table_side_sw<11..0>

“C“=”1100”

SEG2

bit3

Xray_IRC_sw

“1“@InRoom Spot switch

bit2

Foot_IRC_sw

“1“@InRoom Fluoro Pedal

SEG3

SEG4

bit1

Com_down_IRC_sw

“1“@InRoom Compressor stick down

bit0

Com_up_IRC_sw

“1“@InRoom Compressor stick up

bit3

Emergency_CPLD

“1“@Emergency State

bit2

Right_Side_sw

“1“@Table side right button

bit1

Left_Side_sw

“1“@Table side left button

bit0

Down_Side_sw

“1“@Table side down button

bit3

Up_Side_sw

“1“@Table side up button

bit2

FallInv_Side_sw

“1“@Table side Fall Inv button

bit1

Fall_Side_sw

“1“@Table side Fall button

bit0

Rise_Side_sw

“1“@Table side Rise button

SEG1

bit3 ～ bit0

Movement Signal

“D“=”1101”

SEG2

bit3

Compress_Up

“1“@Compressor Up movement

bit2

Compress_Down

“1“@Compressor Down movement

bit1

Top_Right

“1“@Tabletop Right

bit0

Top_Left

“1“@InRoom Compressor stick up

bit3

Tube_ivt_DO

“1“@Tube inverter DO

bit2

Tube_Spare

“0“

bit1

Tube_Fall

“1“@Tube Down

bit0

Tube_Rise

“1“@Tube Up or Down

bit3

Tilt_ivt_DO

“1“@Tilt inverter DO

bit2

Tilt_Spare

“0“

bit1

Tilt_Fall

“1“@Tilt Fall

bit0

Tilt_Rise

“1“@Tilt Rise or Fall

SEG3

SEG4

“E“=”1110”

SEG1

bit3 ～ bit0

SEG2

bit3

Spare_Tower_sw

“1“

bit2

Compress_limit1_sw

“1“

bit1

Cassette1_in_sw

“1“

bit0

Cassette_in_sw

“0“@Cassette Mask Not inserting

SEG3

bit3 ～ bit0

Collimator<7..4>

Collimator control state

SEG4

bit3 ～ bit0

Collimator<3..0> “0000“,”1001”@Local control or Collimator Operator control “0001“,”0010”@Manual Control “0001“,”0101”@Semi Auto Control and Spot ON Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 219

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL “0010“,”1101”@Auto Control and Spot ON

“F“=”1111”

SEG1

bit3 ～ bit0

SEG2

bit3 ～ bit0

“0“ & dip_sw<6..4>

SW1

SEG3

bit3 ～ bit0

Dip_sw<3..0>

SW1

SEG4

bit3 ～ bit0

From_SFD<3..0>

“0000“

Please refer to following example: A 7 seg LEDs display “AA02“. That is SEG1=Ah, SEG2=Ah=1010b, SEG3=0h=0000b, SEG4=2h=0010b SEG1: A SEG2:A bit3:1

bit2:0

bit1:1

bit0:0

limit_sw(11)

limit_sw(10)

limit_sw(9)

limit_sw(8)

Compress_limit_sw

UD_range_sw

Down_limit_sw

Up_limit_sw

“1“@>Compressor up limit

“0“@
“1“@Tube down limit

“0“@Tube up not limit

bit3:0

bit2:0

bit1:0

bit0:0

limit_sw(7)

limit_sw(6)

limit_sw(5)

limit_sw(4)

Right_limit_sw

Left_limit_sw

Reverse_degree_sw

Vertical_over_sw

“0“@Top Right not limit

“0“@Top Left not limit

“0“@>-18 degree

“0“@<90 detent

bit3:0

bit2:0

bit1:1

bit0:0

limit_sw(3)

limit_sw(2)

limit_sw(1)

limit_sw(0)

Incline_over_sw

Incline_stop_sw

Level_stop_sw

Vertical_stop_sw

“0“@>-30 detent

“0“@>-30 detent

“1“@<=0 detent

“0“@<90 detent

SEG3:0

SEG4:2

Result: 1.) It shows limit switch states. 2.) Compressor is at the Up limit position. And the Tube arm is at the Down limit position. 3.) Tabletop isn’t at limit position, and it is at >-18 degree. 4.) Tabletop is at <=0 degree detent position.

Page 220

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Inverter BOP Function and Display Message

1.3.1 1.3.1.1

BOP Buttons and their Functions Panel / Button

Function Indicates Status

Effects The LCD displays the settings currently used by the converter.

Start converter

Pressing the button starts the converter. This button is dis-

Stop converter

OFF1 Pressing the button causes the motor to come to a standstill at the selected ramp down rate. This button is disabled by default. Activate the button: P0700 = 1 or P0719 = 10 ... 15 OFF2 Pressing the button twice (or once long) causes the motor to coast to a standstill. This function is always enabled.

Change direction

Press this button to change the direction of rotation of the motor. Reverse is indicated by a minus (-) sign or a flashing decimal point. Disabled by default. Activate the button: P0700 = 1 or P0719 = 10 ... 15.

Jog motor

In the "Ready to power-on" state, when this key is pressed,

abled by default. Activate the button: P0700 = 1 or P0719 = 10 ... 15

the motor starts and rotates with the pre-set jog frequency. The motor stops when the button is released. Pressing this button when the motor is running has no effect.

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 221

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL Functions

This button can be used to view additional information. It works by pressing and holding the button. It shows the following, starting from any parameter during operation: 1. DC link voltage (indicated by d – units V) 2. output frequency (Hz) 3. output voltage (indicated by o – units V). 4. The value selected in P0005 (If P0005 is set to show any of the above (1 - 3) then this will not be shown again). Additional presses will toggle around the above displays. Jump Function From any parameter (rxxxx or Pxxxx) a short press of the Fn button will immediately jump to r0000, you can then change another parameter, if required. Upon returning to r0000, pressing the Fn button will return you to your starting point. Acknowledgement If alarm and fault messages are present, then these can be acknowledged by pressing key Fn.

Access

Pressing this button allows access to the parameters.

parameters Increase

Pressing this button increases the displayed value.

value Decrease

Pressing this button decreases the displayed value.

value

1.3.1.2

Changing Parameters using as an example P0003 "Access Level" Step 1

Press

to access parameters

Press

until P0003 is displayed

Press

to access the parameter value level

2

3

4 Press

or

to the required value (example:

3) 5 Press

Page 222

to confirm and store the value

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table

Result on Display

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 6

1.3.1.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Now access level 3 is set and all level 1 to level 3 parameters are visible to the user.

Cloning Parameters with the BOP A single parameter set can be uploaded from an inverter SINAMICS G110 and then downloaded into another SINAMICS G110 inverter. To clone a parameter set from one inverter to another, the following procedure should be performed: Upload (SINAMICS G110 ----> BOP) 1.) Connect the BOP to the inverter SINAMICS G110 whose parameters you wish to copy. 2.) Ensure that it is safe to stop the inverter. 3.) Stop the inverter. 4.) Set parameter P0003 to 3. 5.) Set parameter P0010 to 30 to enter Cloning Mode. 6.) Set parameter P0802 to 1 to strat the upload from the Inverter to the BOP. 7.) During the upload BUSY will be displayed. 8.) The BOP and the inverter will not react to any commands during upload. 9.) If the upload has been completed successfully, the BOP display will return to normal and the inverter will return to a ready state. 10.) If the upload has failed: Attempt another upload: 11.) The BOP can now be removed from the inverter. Download (BOP SINAMICS --->G110) 1.) 1. Connect the BOP to the SINAMICS G110 inverter, in which the parameter set is to be down loaded. 2.) Ensure power is applied to the inverter. 3.) Set parameter P0003 to 3. 4.) Set parameter P0010 to 30 to enter Cloning Mode. 5.) Set parameter P0803 to 1 to start the download from the BOP to the inverter. 6.) During the download BUSY will be displayed. 7.) During download the BOP and the inverter will not react to any commandsduring download. 8.) If the download has been completed successfully, the BOP display will return to normal and the inverter will return to a ready state. 9.) If the download has failed: Attempt another download or perform a factory reset. 10.) The BOP can now be removed from the inverter.

Note:

The following important restrictions should be considered when using the Cloning procedure: -

Only the current dataset is uploaded to the BOP.

-

Once the cloning procedure has started, it cannot be interrupted.

-

It is possible to copy data from inverters of different power and voltage ratings.

-

During download, if the data is not compatible with the inverter, the default

-

values for the parameter will be written to the inverter.

-

During the cloning process any data already held by the BOP is overwritten.

-

If the download or upload of data fails, the inverter will not function correctly.

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 223

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.3.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Displays and Messages

1.3.2.1

LED Status Display LED

Meaning

100 ms On / 100 Fault Condition ms Off

Position LED

LED On steadily Inverter Running 500 ms On / 200 General Warning ms Off 100 ms On / 100 Fault Condition ms Off

1.3.2.2

Page 224

Fault Messages and Alarm Messages Fault

Significance

F0001

Overcurrent

F0002

Overvoltage

F0003

Undervoltage

F0004

Inverter Overtemperature

F0005

Inverter I2t

F0011

Motor Overtemperature I2

F0051

Parameter EEPROM Fault

F0052

Powerstack Fault

F0060

Asic Timeout

F0072

No Data from USS (RS485 link) during Telegram Off Time

F0085

External Fault

Alarms

Significance

A0501

Current Limit

A0502

Overvoltage limit

A0503

Undervoltage Limit

A0505

Inverter I2

A0511

Motor Overtemperature I2

A0910

Vdc-max controller de-activated

A0911

Vdc-max controller active

A0920

ADC parameters not set proerly

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0 Generator

The Indico 100 console will display status messages on the LCD display during normal and abnormal operation of the generator. This chapter contains tables of those messages and suggests actions to be taken by service personnel to correct any malfunctions that may occur. Please refer to the error messages in CPI Service Manual.

Generator I/F Board DS1 OFF

N

PDU Output Normally?

Refer to PDU Check

Y

Generator 3 Main Fuses Work

N

Change Fuses

Y

3 Phase Power Works Normally

N

Check AC Mains Power Supply from Hospital

N

Check Generator Transformer

Y Check 24 VDC Supply on Generator Room I/F Board Y Refer to Generator Indication LEDs in Generator Service Manual

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 225

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0 PDU PDU Power Indication Lamp “L1” OFF

Whether have Main Power Input

N

Power Up again

Y

CB1 Closed?

N

Close CB1

Y

CB2 Closed?

N

Close CB2

Y

Fuse F1 Works Normally?

N

Change Fuse F1

Y Whether the Voltage J3 (2, 3) is 110VAC

N

Check Cables and Trasformer

Y

Change Indication Lamp

END

Page 226

Section 3.0 - PDU

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0 Integrated Console 4.1 4.1.1

Intercom Trouble Voice from Table Speaker No voice from table speaker

turn up volume, still no voice?

Y

console Mic cable and table speaker cable Ok?

N

N

footswitch Ok?

Re-connect or change cable

Change footswitch

Y

intercom board power cable Ok?

N

Change intercom board power cable

Y Change intercom board

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 227

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

4.1.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Voice from Console Speaker No voice from console speaker

turn up volume, still no voice?

Y

table Mic cable and table speaker cable Ok?

N

Re-connect or change cable

Y

intercom board power cable Ok?

N

Change intercom board power cable

Y Change intercom board

Page 228

Section 4.0 - Integrated Console

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

4.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Console I/F Board Console I/F Board

Power-Up Indication LED Light

N

Y

Console Fuse Works?

N

Change

Y PDU Output Breaker CB6 Closed?

Circular LED Flash

N

Close

Y

Cable Connected?

N

Change Console Power-In Cable

Y

Change I/F Board

END

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 229

Page 230 Change CN333 Cable

Power Supply PS1 Check

N

N

Section 4.0 - Integrated Console Change TDSP Bd

Y

Cable CN333 Connected?

OK

Y

Display “0000”

Power-Up again

Y

Remote Control Function Normal?

Check Console I/F Bd +12VDC Output is Normal Y

Display Miscode

N

N

Change TDSP Board

Change X-ray Control Board

Y

Table Moving Function OK?

N

Change Table Logic I/ O Board

4.3

No Code Display

Console Light is Abnormal

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Console Light Abnormal

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Check Cable

N

N

Change Relay

N

Y Change Table Logic I/ O Bd

Change Button or Cable

Buttons and It’s Cables are OK?

Emergency Fault

Y

Check A2-RY1 Relay is OK?

Y

Press Emergency Button, Emergency LED Light up?

DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

4.4

Emergency Fault

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Page 231

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

4.5

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Remote Function Fault Remote Function Fault

Other Button “ON”, TDSP Bd Display and Function is OK?

Y

Change TDSP Bd

N

Only Table Side Buttons Light up?

Y

Check DIP Switch on Table Logic I/O Bd is “0000””0000”

N

N

Reset DIP Swtich

Check TDSP Joystick and Table Side Buttons Moving Control Function is OK?

Y

Change X-ray Control Bd

N

Change Logic I/O Bd

Page 232

Y

Section 4.0 - Integrated Console

Change I/O Bd

Refer to Generator Troubleshooting

Y

OK

Whether Generator Room I/F Board Voltage is 220 VAC N

Y Power Up System Again

Y

Touch Screen Power Indication LED Lights Up

N

Y

Y

OK

Touch Screen Issue

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Change Touch Screen

N

Re-install Touch Screen Software with Recovery CD

N

Touch Screen Calibrated?

Touch Screen Buttons Not Work

DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

4.6

Touch Screen No Display

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Page 233

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5.0 Image Chain (I.C.) Trouble

Action

No fluoro image displayed in monitor on Analog System

1.Check if monitor is powered correctly. 2. If so, check is there are characters displayed on bottom left of the monitor. 3. If so, the monitor and PCU are correct, chech if generator work status. 4. If there are no characters displayed on monitor, check if the cable connect CCD camera and PCU connected correctly. 5. If so, connected PCU to COM port of PC, run TH8740.exe, go to display page, check if “Analog video standard“ is set to item 3: progressive. If not, change it to item 3. 6. If PCU can’t be connected to control software, the PCU is defective, replace a new one.

The image is not as good as usual

1. Check PCU setting according to TST file. 2. Check if exposure technique, kV mA, mAs are resonable. 3. If not, check PCU setting according t oTST file and check generator setting according to TST file. Set PCU and generator parameters again and redo AEC, ABC calibration when necessary.

Fluoro ABC fail, fluoro kV, mA reached highest value

1. Check if ABC cable is connected correctly from PCU to generator. 2. If so, check if ABC jumper on generator interface board are set correctly. 3. Check PCU setting according to TST file.

AEC exposure fail, exposure is cut off by back up time

1. Check if AEC cable is connected correctly from PDB board to generator. AEC channel (top one) shall be used for Analog and Digital System. AEC channel 2 shall be used for DSA of Digita System. 2. Check that J2 of PDB shall be used for Digital System, and J3 of PDB shall be used for Analog System. 3. If so, check if AEC jumper on generator interface board are set correctly. 4. Connect to Generator by Genware, check if receptor is set according to TST file. 5. If all above arecorrect, disconnect AEC cable from generator side, take a fixed exposure and measure the output of Thales PDB board by oscilloscope, there shall be DC voltage during exposure. If not, the PDB or optics are defective. 6. Replace a new PDB and do test above again, if pass, the PDB is defective, if not, the optics are defective.

The orientation of image is not correct

Press PCU OSD button to enter PCU’s OSD menu, change vertical&horizantal inversion state of PCU until the orientation of image is correct.

Display error on 20" monitor in Digital System

Check the input selection switch on the back of the monitor. There are both analog video input and PC VGA signal input on the back of the monitor. The switch must be correctl set.

Page 234

Section 5.0 - Image Chain (I.C.)

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

5.1

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Image Noise

Image Noise (Many Black or White Dots in Image)

Use a Co-axis Cable, Check PCU Analog Image Output is OK?

N

Change PCU or CCD

Y Adjust Image Convert Bd DIP Switch, Set One of 2,3,4,5,6 Bit as “ON” Note: Only Allow One Bit as “ON” Try and Check the Image Again

OK?

Y

OK

N

Change Image Convert Bd

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 235

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

5.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

kV Increase to the Max. Value When ABC Fluoro kV Increase to the Max. Value When ABC Fluoro.

Check Cable from PCU J4 to Generator

N

Re-connect or Change Cable

Y

Check Generator Interface Board Jumper

N

Reset Jumper

Y

Download GenWare Factory Parameters (*.gen)

Y

OK

N

Download PCU Factory Parameters (*.bin)

Y

OK

N

Measure PCU-J4 Output Voltage When ABC Fluoro Changed?

N

Change PCU

Y

Change Generator Interface Board

Page 236

Section 5.0 - Image Chain (I.C.)

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

5.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

No AEC Function No AEC Function

Check AEC Board Jumper is OK?

N

Reset Jumper

Y

Download GenWare Factory Parameters (*.gen) is OK?

Y

OK

N

Check AEC Cable Feedback Voltage is Changed When Take Exposure

Y

Change AEC Board

N AEC Cable Connection is OK?

Y

OK

N

Change Photodiode Board of I.I.

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 237

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

5.4

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

No Image Acquisition with X-ray Exposure No Image Acquisition with X-ray Exposure

DICOM Print UI Running

Y

Whether has Error Codes When Press Shift+F9

Wait or Close Print UI

Y

Solve the Problem by Error Codes

N

Y

Restart DSA, Whether OK?

Y

END

N

Re-install Rockey, Grab Setup Initial DSA Run?

N

Whether have Digital Input on 1750 Card When Run “Device Manager”

N

Y

END

Y

Re-plug “Frame Grabber Card”, and Re-connect “Image Convert Board”. Have Image Acquisition with X-ray Exposure N

Change PCU

N

Whether Have PCU Analog Image Output

Y Change Frame Grabber Card and Image Converter Board

Page 238

Section 5.0 - Image Chain (I.C.)

Plug and Install 1750 Card again. Have Image Acquisition with X-ray Exposure?

Y

N

Check the Cables from Console I/F to 1750 Card, and from 1750 Card to Grab Card Connected? N

Change 1750 Card

Y

END

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Check Footswitch and Cable

N

Y

TDSP Bd F Lamp Lights up?

N

Y

Y

Y

Change Console I/F Bd

N

TB5-5/6 Closed?

Y

Room I/F Mis Cable Connected?

Perform as Error Codes

Collimator Open?

Y

N

Y

Change Room I/F Bd

Re-connect or Change Cable

No Image during Fluoro

DSA Progressing Bar Works?

N

Have Error Codes

N

Have X-ray

N

Open

DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

5.5

No Image during Fluoro

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Page 239

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

5.6

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

No Spot Function No Spot Function

Y

Have X-ray Exposure When Joystick Spot?

Refer to troubleshooting “No Image Acquisition with X-ray Exposure”

N Check Touch Screen Error Code

Y

Troubleshooting basing on Error Code

Y

Check Generator Cable Connections

N

Anode Works?

N

N

TDSP “R” LED “ON”

Run Positioner Diagnostic Program, Check Code “BXXX”. Is it Changed When Spot

N

Re-connect Joystick Cable

N

Change Console I/F Board

Y Y

Change TDSP Board

Console I/F Board “D22” LED “ON”

N

Re-connect CN333 Cable from TDSP to Console I/F Board is OK?

Y Y Re-connect Cable from Console I/F Board to Generator Room I/F Board

Page 240

OK

Section 5.0 - Image Chain (I.C.)

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 6.0 Digital Box 6.1

Error Code In digital main screen, press Alt+ F9, enter into following error code log.

Click “Error“, the error message will display. Click “Warning“, the warning message will display. Click “Information“, the operation message will display. Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 241

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

6.1.1

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Error Code Format Type

6.1.2

Location

Code

Error Type Type

6.1.3

6.1.4

Page 242

Code

Error

0x01

Warning

0x10

Information

0x11

Error Location Location

Code

Patient management

0x01

Image acquisition

0x02

Image processing

0x03

Patient report

0x04

Recording CD

0x05

Dicom

0x06

Error Code Error code

Description

0x1010, 0x0001

Image error, no image display

0x1001, 0x0002

Hard disk space is over limit, need to backup images to release the hard disk space.

0x1001, 0x0003

Fail to set up a new patient case or fail to open a patient case.

0x0102, 0x0004

Current patient case is null, can not operate.

0x0102, 0x0005

Fail to initialize controled card.

0x0102, 0x0006

Fail to initialize collecting card.

0x0102, 0x0007

Fail to use correct encrypt lock.

0x0104, 0x0008

Fail to print patient report.

0x0105, 0x0009

Fail to record.

0x0105, 0x000A

Fail to load patient data.

0x0105, 0x000B

Fail to burn.

0x1005, 0x000C

Backup disk number can’t be 0.

0x1005, 0x000D

No enough space in backup disk.

0x0106, 0x000E

Dicom print failed.

0x0106, 0x000F

Dicom store failed.

0x0106, 0x0010

Fail to access the film printing net.

0x0106, 0x0011

Fail to access the PACS image storage server.

Section 6.0 - Digital Box

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

6.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Troubleshooting

Please operate digital box in accordance with the instructions for use. Any improper operation may result in troubles. Whenever digital box goes in troubles, repair shall be made only by qualified and trained personnel; otherwise, it may cause more serious system damage or personal injury. The system may give prompts or alarms for some improper operation of digital box. Power on system

N

The monitor displays the self-inspection process

Y N

See (2)

Enter Digital main screen

Y Digital software is damaged;

Operation of patient history management,

reinstall it.

eg. add, store, or delete.

N

Y N

Digital software is damaged; reinstall it.

Connected. During fluoro, Digital monitor displays real-time fluoro images.

Y Connected. During fluoro, press down the fluoro acquisition key, and acquisition is normal.

See (3)

N

Y N

See (4)

Connected. Exposure and acquisition images are normal.

Y See (5)

Image printing is normal.

N

Y See (6)

Normal image writing N

Y

See (7)

OK

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 243

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(2) N Characters displayed

The monitor is not energized,

Y

Bad contact of monitor signal

N

WINDOWS XP interface

lines, or monitor damaged

displayed

Y

Enter CMOS

Reconnect cord, signal

N

Y

power

lines,

Y

or

Caused by abnormal power-off, quit it.

Hard disk or system program damaged, reinstall system software. Normal?

End

N Replace

hard

disk

reinstall system software. End.

Page 244

N Main-board

reconnect

replace the monitor.

Y

N

Section 6.0 - Digital Box

and

Video card

Replace

damaged; replace

main-board

it.

End.

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(3) Switch to XP interface, and operate GRABSETUP, there

N

are fluoro images.

Y Confirm all set values of GRABSETUP are

Operate

correct.

press the fluoro footswitch;

PCITEST

and

End

PCITEST displays.

Y N Normal operation of

Press the fluoro footswitch, and the

EsayGrab

control box will give a sound instruction.

Y N Y

Data acquisition cable

Incorrect CAM file storage

with

path (correct path:

bad

contact

or

damaged

N

D:\DSA\a201b.cam)

Bad contact of PCI external control lines

N After

reinstalling

PCI

End

driver, it becomes normal.

X-ray machine control cables with bad contact or improperly inserted

N

plug

PCI external control board damaged or with bad contact

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 245

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(4) Normal power twinkling of the interface box

N Y

End

Y

Software lock with bad contact or

X-ray control cable with bad

damaged; after re-installation or

contact; reinstall it.

replacement, it becomes normal.

N

The interface board damaged; replace it.

Page 246

Section 6.0 - Digital Box

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(5) Press down the hand brake, and X-ray machine starts

Y

N Press down the hand brake, Press down the hand brake, and EXP

N

and X-ray machine is exposed.

N

lamp of the interface board shines.

Y Y Exposure time: In

an

offline

state,

33ms

normal

exposure of X-ray machine

N

N Y

20CM water phantom, under an Faulty X-ray

Interface board

automatic condition, exposure

machine

damaged; replace it.

time of spot film:

Interface

33ms

Y

board

damaged; replace it Readjust AEC parameters X-ray machine control cable with bad contact or improperly inserted plug; after re-installation, it becomes normal.

N

Y

Y

Y

N Acquisition is normal, Interface board

End

but

damaged; replace it.

images

are

tool

bright or dark. Faulty CCD

N

operating mode End

Y Check “camera operating

Replace CCD

mode” setting of PCU

operating mode line

Y Y

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 247

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(6) Normal printing

N

End

Y

Y

Normal printing of

Normal

the test page

and

brightness

contrast

Y End

of

images

N N Operate

dsasetup,

reset the printer curve.

Printer faults; refer to operation instructions of the printer.

Page 248

Section 6.0 - Digital Box

and

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(7)

Ready for CD writing?

N N Insert a new writable CD Can CD writing work be OK

ended?

N After re-installing signal

End

wires of the CD writer, is the writing available?

N Inspect IMAPI service; is

End

writing available?

N Replace the CD writer, and re-install the writer driver. End.

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Page 249

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 250

Section 6.0 - Digital Box

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance This chapter of the manual provides a recommended schedule for periodic maintenance for the Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System.

Section 1.0 General To use this equipment with an optimal situation at any time, the periodic maintenance must be required.

1.1

Man Power Required FOUR hours per one field engineer (FE).

1.2

Maintenance Interval Two times (or three times) per every year.

1.3

Required Tools •

Electric hammer drill with bits

•

Digital multimeter

•

4 Ft. Level (or two standard levels)

•

Torque wrench

•

HV cable removal spanner

•

Push-pull Gauge

•

Silicone grease / High Voltage Transformer oil

•

Common service tools

•

Resolution Pattern

•

Dose Meter

•

Loctite 242

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance

Page 251

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0 Preventive Maintenance Action List Operation

Location

Description

1.) General General cleaning and painting

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.1.1

Visual inspection

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.1.2

2.) Positioner Table Equipment appearance check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 1

Room doorlight check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2

Switch check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2

Indicator lamp check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2

Lever Operation

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2

Indicator check (Digital Display)

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2

Insulated resistance check

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.1

Fan

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 5

Rotor and collimator cable check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 5

Collimator beam limiting adjustment

Chapter 4 - Section 1 Configuration & Calibration - 1.5

Collimator field lamp illumination

Chapter 7 - Section 2 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.2

Collimator field lamp and timer

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 3

Collimator blade movement

Chapter 3 - Section 3 Functional Check - Step 3

Collimator mounting screws check

1. Check the flange 2. If the collimator mounting screws are loose, apply LOCTITE onto the screws.

Tilting stop check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4

Tilting limit switch check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4

Tilting transmission oil leak check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4

Tilting motor V-belt check

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.4

Tilting guide bearing check

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.5

Table lateral movement check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4

Table lateral movement gear check

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.6

Compression force check

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.7

Compression cone limit check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4

Compression cone roller check

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.8

Intercom foot switch

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2

Microphone

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2

Intercom volume

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2

Foot stand

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 14

Shoulder Rest

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 14

Hand Grip

-

3.) Generator Page 252

Section 2.0 - Preventive Maintenance Action List

-

Done

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 Operation

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL Location

Description

Maintenance Schedule

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.1

Indico 100 oil fill / level check

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.2

Cleaning

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.3

Check the fixing and intactness of Anode Rotation cable and Thermal Protection cable

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.4

Tube conditioning / seasoning

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.5

End of life

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.6

Done

4.) Touch Screen AEC

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.4.1

ABS

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.4.2

5.) Image Chain System I.I. resolution check I.I. relative luminance check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 8 -

-

Image luminance check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 8

CCD focus check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 8

Image cable check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 1

Image Quality check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 8

Image system movement check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4

Image system transmission oil leak check

Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4

6.) Digital Box DSA software function

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.5.1

Hospital Ethernet

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.5.2

CD-R/W check

Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.5.3

7.) Final Check Bolts and nuts check

-

-

Cleaning

-

-

Final operation check

-

-

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance

Page 253

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0 Preventive Maintenance Maintenance Is To Be Performed Only By Competent, Trained Personnel Who Are Familiar With The Potential Hazards Associated With This Equipment. Maintenance Activities In The Table Below Are To Be Performed By Authorized Service Personnel Only. However The Owner Or Operator Of The Equipment Must Schedule The Suggested Maintenance Activity When Required By Contacting Their Local Service Agency. Note:

Maintenance schedule frequency may be determined by certain regulatory requirements of the country or state in which the installation is located. Always check the local codes and regulations when determining a maintenance schedule. Always Switch Off Mains Power To The Generator And Wait A Minimum Of 5 Minutes For Capacitors To Discharge Before Beginning Any Preventative Maintenance, Including Cleaning. Observe Esd Precautions. Keep All Static - Sensitive Components And Circuit Boards In Their Static - Shielding Packaging Until Ready To Install. Ensure That You Are Grounded At All Times When Handling Static - Sensitive Components And Circuit Boards.

3.1 3.1.1

General General Cleaning and Painting Keep all surfaces clean and touch-up paint chips. Remove power from the system before beginning work. Check that power is off. 1.) Remove power from the system. 2.) Carefully clean all surfaces of the system. Pay attention to any paint damage when you clean the system. •

Never use anything other than soap and water to clean plastic surfaces. Other cleaners may damage the plastic.

•

Never use any corrosive, solvent or abrasive detergents or polishes.

•

Ensure that no water or other liquid can enter any equipment. This precaution prevents short circuits and corrosion forming on components.

•

Methods of disinfection used must conform to legal regulations and guidelines regarding disinfection and explosion protection.

•

If disinfectants are used which form explosive mixtures of gases, these gases must have evaporated before switching on the equipment again.

•

Disinfection by spraying is not recommended because the disinfectant may enter the X-ray equipment.

•

If room disinfection is done with an atomizer, it is recommended that the equipment be switched OFF, allowed to cool down and covered with a plastic sheet. When the disinfectant mist has subsided, the plastic sheet may be removed and the equipment be disinfected by wiping.

3.) Apply touch-up paint to any paint-damage areas. 4.) Re-apply power to the system. Page 254

Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.1.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Visual Inspection Check for debris that would indicate abnormal wear. Remove power from the system before beginning work. Check that power is off. 1.) Remove power from the system. 2.) Visually check around the moving part of the system for any debris, wear or damage. This includes the table top, table base, and wall stand if present. 3.) If any debris, wear of damage is observed, replace or repair the affected areas. 4.) Reapply power to the system.

3.2 3.2.1

Positioner Table Insulated Resistance Check 1.) Power off the wall breaker, and turn on the system PDU breaker. 2.) Using an insulated resistance meter (for DC 500V), measure resistance between Power input UVW and E. Standard: More than 2Mohms.

Wall Breaker OFF

Open System Breaker

Voltage between Power input and Ground

3.2.2

Collimator Field Lamp Illumination 1.) Turn ON the main switch of the controller. 2.) Open all of the collimator shutters thoroughly and press the light beam button. 3.) Set the illuminometer at the center light field at SID 100 cm and measure illumination. The meter should read more than 160 lux.

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance

Page 255

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.2.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

AEC Check Refer to AEC calibration in Class M Service Manual (2406879-100).

3.2.4

Tilting Motor V-belt Check 1.) Remove the base cover of the R/F table. 2.) Check to make sure the pulleys of transmission and tilting motor are in parallel. Difference: 1.0 mm or lower 3.) Using a push-pull gauge, push the center of the V-belt by approx. 1.0kg force. 4.) Measure a free play of the V-belt. Specification: 2.0 mm or lower

3.2.5

Tilting Guide Bearing Check 1.) Check the guide bearing of the tilting gear for wear, scratches, and abnormal noise. If necessary, apply grease. 2.) Tilting/Transmission gear check 1.) Tilt the table vertically. 2.) For the transmission axis gear and tilting gear, verify that:

3.2.6

*

They are in parallel.

*

They do not wear.

*

Their mounting bolts are tightened securely.

Table Lateral Movement Gear Check 1.) Remove the guide rail mounting screws and table top. 2.) Check the gear of the table top lateral movement motor for wear and abnormal noise. 3.) If necessary, apply grease.

3.2.7

Compression Force Check 1.) Cover compression cone with net and hook it to spring balance. 2.) Fix a string onto spring balance and hook the string to collimator.

3.) Remove lid at the back of X-ray tube stand. Using 152R band, adjust compression force Page 256

Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL 8.1 kgf or less, at L100-L0 voltage 110VAC with table-top upright.

3.2.8

Compression Cone Roller Check 1.) Set the table horizontally. 2.) From the cut-off for compression cone movement, pull the chain for the compression cone movement by approx. 1 kg force. 3.) Measure a free play of the chain. Specification: 3 ~ 5 mm 4.) If necessary, move the sprocket for proper free play.

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance

Page 257

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.3 3.3.1

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Generator Maintenance Schedule

Maintenance

Description of Preventative Maintenance

Frequency Every 6 Months AND whenevera related certifiable X-Ray component is replaced:

1.) Clean and re-grease all HV connections using vapour proof compound. 2.) Check that all H.V. connections are tight. 3.) Clean the control console, remote fluoro control (if used) and main cabinet as needed. Refer to 3-3-3 Cleaning before proceeding. 4.) Perform the X-ray tube auto calibration routine. 5.) Verify the calibration of the generator. 6.) Test the X-Ray tube thermal switch circuits in the generator. Disconnect the tube thermal switch(s) and verify the correct error message, and that X-ray exposures are inhibited. For fan cooled Indico 100 generators in particular, remove accumulated dust from the cooling vents. Vaccuming is recommended.

Every 12 months:

1.) Examine the following for any visible damage and replace any damaged components: -

The exterior of the control console and remote fluoro control if used, including the membrane switch assembly.

-

The cable between the control console and the generator main cabinet and between the remote fluoro control (if used) and generator main cabinet.

-

The hand switch and fluoro footswitch (if used) and the cables connecting these to the console.

2.) Open the generator cabinet and examine the unit for any visible damage: missing or loose ground connections, oil leaks, damaged cables etc. 3.) Ensure that there are no obstructions blocking any of the ventilation holes or louvers on the generator cabinet. Every 5 years:

Page 258

Replace the lithium batteries on the generator CPU board in the main cabinet with the same manufacturer and type as identified on the original batteries.

Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.3.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Indico 100 Oil Fill / Level Check The insulating oil level in the HT transformer does NOT require periodic checking under normal conditions. However, if there is evidence of possible oil loss, the procedure for checking the correct oil level follows. 1.) Loosen the oil fill plug screw on the Indico 100 tank lid. 2.) With the screw sufficiently loosened, remove the rubber (neoprene) plug. 3.) Use a clean ruler, strip of cardboard, or other equivalent material to determine the oil level -measured always from the TOP surface of the HT tank’s lid. -

Normally the oil level should be between 0.88 - 1.25 inches (22 - 32 mm) from the top of the tank lid.

-

If the oil level is between 1.25 - 1.6 inches (32 - 41 mm) from the top of the tank lid, then clean oil should be added as needed.

-

If the oil level is greater than 1.6 inches (41 mm) below the top of the tank lid, please consult the factory.

Figure 7-1 HV Tank Oil Level 4.) Use only fresh oil, type Shell DIALA AX or equivalent. It is critical that air is not added when topping up the oil. The following procedure is strongly recommended when adding oil. -

Use a new clean syringe to remove oil from the container. A 60 cc catheter tip syringe is recommended. Approximately 60 cc of oil is required to raise the oil level by one millimeter.

-

Turn the syringe upright and expel any trapped air.

-

Place the tip of the syringe through the oil-fill plug and into the oil, ensuring that it is below the surface of the oil.

-

Gently eject the oil from the syringe into the HT tank, while making sure that the tip of the syringe remains below the surface of the oil until all of the oil is emptied from the syringe.

-

Repeat the previous steps until the required amount of oil has been added.

5.) Replace the oil fill plug. Once the plug is installed and the screw properly seated, tighten the screw 4 turns. This will secure the oil fill plug. Wipe up any oil spills. Dispose of soiled absorber in compliance with government requirements and ensure conformity to local disposal regulations. THE OIL DOES NOT CONTAIN PCBs.

3.3.3

Cleaning

Note:

Refer to General Cleaning in section 3.1.1.

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance

Page 259

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.3.4

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Check the Fixing and Intactness of Anode Rotation Cable and Thermal Protection Cable 1.) Check the fixing and intactness of Anode Rotation cable and Thermal Protection cable. 2.) Check the stator cable strain relief.

3.3.5

Tube Conditioning / Seasoning Tube conditioning or “seasoning” is particularly important for new tubes or tubes that have not been used for several days. This should be performed on each X-ray tube before attempting auto calibration, as an unseasoned tube may not operate properly at higher kV values without arcing. Refer to the X-ray tube manufacturer’s instructions, if available, for the tube conditioning or “seasoning” procedure. If the X-ray tube manufacturers instructions are not available, the following procedure may be used: 1.) Tube Conditioning (Overview) a.) The generator does X-ray tube auto calibration at 50 kV, 60 kV, 70 kV, 80 kV, 100 kV and 120 kV. The tube normally needs to be seasoned before it can be operated at the higher voltages encountered during auto calibration. b.) Tube seasoning is started by auto calibrating the kV stations up to and including part of the 70 kV station. The tube is then seasoned at 70 kV. Progressively higher kV stations are then auto calibrated and seasoned. Finally the entire kV and mA range is auto calibrated, then the tube is seasoned at the remaining high kV values. c.)

Manually releasing the exposure button during auto calibration of a particular kV station in the following procedure prevents the generator from attempting operation beyond that kV/mA value.

Note:

The tube manufacturer’s recommended seasoning procedure, if available, must always be used in place of the following procedure.

Note:

Low speed only exposures are recommended for the seasoning exposures, to prevent excessive heat build-up in the housing from the stator windings or the rotor bearings.

Note:

X-ray tubes that have not been used for more than 8 hours may suffer thermal shock if operated at high mA and kV without a warm-up procedure. A cold anode (Molybdenum) is very brittle and when suddenly heated over a small area may experience thermal cracking of the anode surface, eventually leading to permanent tube damage. 2.) Tube Conditioning (Procedure) a.) X-ray tube seasoning should be done on LARGE focus in order to minimize tube wear. b.) The procedure below is intended for seasoning an X-ray tube prior to attempting tube auto calibration. To season a tube that does not need to be calibrated, simply follow steps (II), (IV), (VI), (VIII), and (IX). I.) Start the tube auto calibration sequence, and manually terminate the exposure at 70 kV and 250 mA. II.) Season the tube at 70 kV by taking approximately 10 exposures of 200 mA and 100 ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15 seconds. III.) Restart the auto calibration sequence and manually terminate the exposure at 100 kV and 250 mA. IV.) Season the tube at 100 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 200 mA and 100 ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15 seconds. V.) Restart the auto calibration sequence and manually terminate the exposure at 120 kV and 160 mA. VI.) Season the tube at 120 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 160 mA and 100 ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15

Page 260

Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 seconds.

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

VII.)Restart the auto calibration sequence and allow the auto calibration sequence to complete. VIII.)Season the tube at 130 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 100 mA and 50 ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15 seconds. IX.) Repeat step 8 at 140 kV, and then at 145 kV.

3.3.6

End of Product Life If the generator has completed its useful service life, local environmental regulations must be complied with in regard to disposal of possible hazardous materials used in the construction of the generator. In order to assist with this determination, the noteworthy materials used in the construction of this generator are itemized below: •

Electrical insulating oil in HT tank. This is a mineral oil with trace additives (25 Litre (6.5 U.S. gal)).

•

Solder (lead/tin).

•

Epoxy fiberglass circuit board materials, tracks are solder on copper.

•

Wire, tinned copper. Insulated with PVC, tefzel, or silicone.

•

Steel and / or aluminum (generator cabinet and console chassis).

•

Plastic (console enclosure and console membrane).

•

Electrical and electronic components: IC’s, transistors, diodes, resistors, capacitors, etc. Do Not Disassemble, Incinerate, Or Short-circuit The Battery(S) In This Product. Do Not Put It In Trash That Is Disposed Of In Landfills; Dispose Of It As Required By Local Ordinances. The Fluorescent Lamp In The Lcd Display Contains Mercury. Do Not Put It In Trash That Is Disposed Of In Landfills; Dispose Of It As Required By Local Ordinances. The Lcd Is Made Of Glass. If The Lcd Breaks Due To Rough Handling Or Dropping, And The Internal Fluid Gets In Your Eyes Or On Your Hands, Immediately Wash The Affected Areas With Water For At Least 15 Minutes. Seek Medical Attention If Any Symptoms Are Present After Washing.

3.4

Touch Screen The Aec And Abs Verification Procedures Require The Production Of X-rays. Observe Correct Operating Procedures, And Take Appropriate Precautions Against X-radiation.

3.4.1

AEC The following procedure may be used to verify that the AEC circuits are functioning on generators equipped with AEC (Automatic Exposure Control). 1.) Switch the console and generator ON, and select an appropriate radiographic image receptor. 2.) Align the X-ray tube and the selected image receptor such that the central ray is directly over the center field of the AEC pickup device. Set the focal spot to film plane distance to 40 in. (1 m). 3.) Select AEC mode of operation. Select center field, large focus. MINIMUM EXPOSURE TIME: Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance

Page 261

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

4.) With no object in the radiation field, adjust the collimator or beam limiting device to project a 10 in. X 10 in. (24 cm X 24 cm) field at the image receptor. 5.) Select 80 kV, 100 mA, and a backup mAs of 50 if it is operator selectable. If this is not operator selectable, the default AEC backup settings must be used. Refer to "ms / mAs up / down buttons and display" in section 4 to determine the AEC backup mode that has been programmed. 6.) Make an exposure and verify that the POST mAs reading is < 2 mAs. MAXIMUM EXPOSURE TIME: 7.) Close the collimator or beam limiting device completely. Place a folded lead apron over the image receptor. 8.) Select 60 kV, 100 mA, and a backup mAs of 50 if it is operator selectable. operator selectable, the default backup settings must be used.

If this is not

9.) Make an exposure and verify that the error message AEC Feedback Error (No Feedback Signal Detected), AEC Back-up Timer - Exposure Terminated, or AEC mAs Exceeded Exposure Terminated is displayed on the console after the exposure has terminated. This confirms that the exposure has continued until it was terminated by the AEC backup timer.

3.4.2

ABC The following procedure may be used to verify that the ABS circuits are functioning on generators equipped with ABS (automatic brightness stabilization). 1.) Switch the console and generator ON, and select an appropriate fluoroscopic image receptor. 2.) Select ABS mode. 3.) Open the collimator or beam limiting device shutters to maximum. With no object in the image field, press the fluoro footswitch. Confirm that the collimator or beam limiting device is fully open by observing the monitor. 4.) While continuing to press the fluoro footswitch, note the fluoro kV display at the control console or remote fluoro control. This should be less than 55 kV. 5.) Close the collimator or beam limiting device and press the fluoro footswitch. With no object in the image field, ensure that the radiation is fully blocked by observing the monitor. If necessary, cover the image intensifier with lead aprons to block all radiation. 6.) While continuing to press the fluoro footswitch, note the fluoro kV display at the control console or remote fluoro control. This should be the maximum available fluoro kV, 110 kV or 125 kV (depending on whether the upper fluoro kV limit has been set to 110 kV or 125 kV). 7.) Place an absorber (20 cm of water, or 1.5 in. ( 3.8 cm ) of pure aluminum, or equivalent) in the center of the image field. 8.) Press the fluoro footswitch. While viewing the absorber on the monitor, open the collimator or beam limiting device sufficiently to cover as much of the absorber as possible. Ensure that the X-ray beam does not extend beyond the sides of the absorber as stray radiation will adversely affect the kVp reading in the next step. 9.) While continuing to press the fluoro footswitch, note the fluoro kV display at the control console or remote fluoro control. This should stabilize between 70 and 80 kV.

3.5 3.5.1

Digital Box DSA Software Function Run DSA, create a new test patient. Take fluoroscopy, and then, take an exposure. Save this image serial.

Page 262

Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.5.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Hospital Ethernet Push the image serial created above to workstation or printer. Check if it is ok.

3.5.3

CD-R/W Check Record a patient image serial to one blank CD, and then, read the image from CD.

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance

Page 263

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 264

Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts This chapter contains the list of recommended renewal parts for the various models of Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System.

Section 1.0 Positioner Table Item

Part No.

ePDM No.

Name

1

5120414

5129552

370W Frequency Inverter

2

5120415

5129553

750W Frequency Inverter

3

5120416-1

5120416-1

Threephase Asynchronous Motor, 0.37KW

4

5120417-1

5120417-1

Threephase Asynchronous Motor, 0.75KW

5

5120418-1

5120418-1

AC Gear Motor, 25W

6

5120419

5120419

Switch Power

7

5120420

5120420

Power Relay

8

5120421

5120421

Power Resistance

9

5123596

5123596

2A, fuse

10

5123597

5123597

6A, fuse

11

5123598

5123598

10A, fuse

13

5122274

5122274

Micro Switch

15

2408350

2408350

Table X-Ray Control Board

16

5123595

5123595

Micro Switch

17

5123381-1

5123381-1

Motor

18

T310-2567

2263958

Table Top Plate

20

T454-0443

2263423

Microphone

21

K7200009

2234171

Speaker Assy.

22

410-4462-HL

2263579

Table R-L Actuator

23

2229335

2229335

Belt

24

2215121

2215121

Chain

26

L2310002

2163462

V Belt

27

J6410002

2119187-2

Switch, White

28

J6410003

2119187-3

Switch, Red

29

J8510010

2163464

Switch Lamp

30

J6510019

2119185-2

Micro Swtich

31

J6580003

2119186-2

Actuator

32

T410-4222

2263464

Belt

33

2215130

2215130

CAM

36

5161906

5161906

Collimator Transformer

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts

Page 265

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

37

5123156

5123156

Compressor Cone

39

L1110003

2263897

Bearing

40

2143695

2143695

C Ring

41

N9100SS

2263903

Spring Washer

43

410-4420-HL

2263992

Shaft

44

N9505SJ

2263907

Screw

45

N9510SJ

2263908

Screw

46

2409218

2409218

Motor Relay Board

47

J2440006

2158711

Resistor

48

L1110004

L1110004

Bearing

49

2408348-1

2408348-1

Table Logic I/O Board

50

5123151

5123151

Grid

F1 F2 F3 F4

Item # 1, 2

Item # 9, 10, 11

Item # 32

Page 266

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 31

Item # 30

Item # 5

Item # 3

Item # 4

Item # 26

Item # 33

Item # 22

Item # 23

Item # 24

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts

Page 267

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 18 Item # 7

Item # 17 Item # 48

Item # 47

Item # 36

Item # 45

Item # 9

Item # 41

Item # 44

Item # 39

Item # 40

Item # 48

Item # 16

Page 268

Item # 13

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table

Item # 27

Item # 43

Item # 28

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 21 Item # 37 Item # 20

Item # 46 Item # 8

Item # 6

Item # 49

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts

Item # 15

Page 269

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0 Generator Item

Note:

Page 270

Part No.

ePDM No.

Name

1

5123270

5123270

Generator CPU Board

2

5123273

5123273

Generator I/F Board

3

5123275

5123275

Room Interface Board

4

5123276

5123276

Control Board

5

5123277

5123277

Filament Board (Small Focus)

6

5123278

5123278

Filament Board (Large Focus)

7

5123279

5123279

Auxiliary Board

8

5123280

5123280

Inverter Board

9

5123281

5123281

Power Input Board

10

5123282

5123282

Resonant Board

11

5123283

5123283

Universal AEC Board

12

5123287

5123287

DSS PWBA

13

5123290

5123290

DC BUS Capacitor

14

5123292

5123292

Line Contactor

15

5123293

5123293

Mains Diode

16

5123294

5123294

Fuse, A70QS10-14F

17

5123295

5123295

Fuse, FNQ-10

18

5123296

5123296

Fuse, FNQ-2

19

5123297

5123297

Fuse, GDC-1.6

20

5123298

5123298

Fuse, GDC-2

21

5123299

5123299

Fuse, GDC-2.5

22

5123300

5123300

Fuse, GDC-5

23

5123301

5123301

Fuse, MDA-2

24

5123302

5123302

Fuse, MDA-7

25

5123303

5123303

Fuse, MDA-12

26

5123304

5123304

Fuse, MDL-4

27

5123305

5123305

Fuse, OTS-60

28

5123306

5123306

Relay

29

5123307

5123307

Connector

30

5123308

5123308

Axial Fan

31

5123309

5123309

Auxiliary Transformer

32

5123310

5123310

Room I/F Transformer

33

5123311

5123311

HV Tank

34

5123312-1

5123312-1

Touch Screen Console

35

5123289

5123289

Digital Input Board

36

5123312-2

5123312-2

Touch Screen Upgrade Kit

If it is the old touch screen (5123312), please order touch screen kit (5123312-2) for upgrade. If it is the new touch screen (5123312-1), just order the new one for replacement.

Section 2.0 - Generator

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 4 Item # 26

Item # 5

Item # 7

Item # 6

Item # 12

Item # 25 Item # 24

Item # 16

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts

Item # 28

Page 271

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 3 Item # 32 Item # 15 Item # 10

Item # 30

Item # 13 Item # 14

Item # 13

Item # 9 Item # 27

Item # 31 Item # 23

Page 272

Section 2.0 - Generator

Item # 17

Item # 18

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 8

Item # 33 Item # 1 Item # 35

Item # 11

Item # 2

Item # 21

Item # 21 Item # 29

Item # 22

Item # 21 Item # 19

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts

Page 273

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0 PDU Item

Part No.

ePDM No.

Name

1

5121163

5121163

Fuse Holder

2

5117119

5117119

Relay (Up Delay 110VAC Coil)

3

5117046

5117046

Contactor (30A)

4

5117120

5117120

Relay (110VAC Coil)

5

5117122

5117122

Relay (24VDC Coil)

6

5120198

5120198

Relay Holder

7

5117136

5117136

LED

8

5117139

5117139

Resistance, R1

9

5117140

5117140

Fuse, F1

Item # 2 Item # 6

Item # 7

Item # 4, 5

Item # 3

Item # 1 Item # 9

Item # 8

Page 274

Section 3.0 - PDU

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0 System Console Item

Part No.

ePDM No.

Name

1

2408900

2408900

Console Power Input Fuse

2

2408911

2408911

Speaker Volumn Adjust Assy

3

2408910

2408910

Mic Volumn Adjust Assy

4

5123632-2

5123632-2

Emergency Switch

5

5119249

5119249

Microphone

6

5119251

5119251

Speaker

7

2408895

2408895

Console AC-DC Module 2

8

2407408

2407408

Intercomm Board

9

2408827

2408827

Console Interface Board

10

5119258

5119258

Footswitch Assembly

11

J6980003

2158840-2

Rotary Switch

12

T454-0174

2263331

Resistor

13

5146421

5146421

TDSP Board

14

T401-1666

2263947

Joystick Comp

15

J6410007

2158841-2

Push Switch

16

L9310028

2119190

Knob

17

2408912

2408912

Brightness Adj. Assy

18

2408913

2408913

Contrast Adj. Assy.

19

5121183

5121183

Image Converting Board

20

5121177

5121177

Frame Grabber

21

5121174

5121174

1750 Card

22

5121170

5121170

Keyboard

23

5121168

5121168

Mouse

24

5121648

5121648

Workstation

26

5128456-2

5128456-2

18 Inch LCD Monitor (option)

28

2409360

2409360

DSA SYNC Signal Cable

29

2409361

2409361

DSA 1750 card RT Control Cable

30

2409362

2409362

Generator Digital interface cable

31

2409365

2409365

DSA LVDS Convert Cable

32

2409366

2409366

Camera Link Cable

33

T401-1665

2263969

Lever

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts

Page 275

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 9

Item # 8 Item # 7 Item # 1

Item # 5

Item # 4

Item # 2, 3

Item # 17, 18

Item # 16

Item # 14

Item # 10 Item # 15 Item # 6 Page 276

Section 4.0 - System Console

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 13

Item # 12

Item # 14

Item # 15

Item # 11

Item # 11

Item # 19 Item # 20

Item # 21

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts

Page 277

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5.0 Image Chain Item

Part No.

ePDM No.

Name

1

5122279

5122279

Optics for Digital RIU

2

5122280

5122280

Photodiode Board

3

5122278

5122278

CCD Camera Head

4

5122282

5122282

TH7195 Power Supply

5

5122284

5122284

PCU

6

5122277

5122277

XRII with Housing

7

5122281

5122281

Optics Control Board

Item # 1

Item # 3

Item # 7

Item # 2 Item # 5

Item # 4

Page 278

Section 5.0 - Image Chain

Item # 6

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 6.0 X-ray Source Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Part No. 5167951 U0241AE J0241AE 2263959 5121886 5121885 J8510006

ePDM No. 5167951 2263379 2263370 2263959 5121886 5121885 2119188

Name Collimator Knob Knob Timer Unit A196 X-ray Tube Tube Fan Collimator Lamp

Item # 7

Item # 4, 7

Item # 1

Item # 5

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts

Item # 2, 3

Item # 6

Page 279

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 Note:

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Please follow below procedures to change collimator lamp.

Change Collimator Lamp 1.) Rotate table to about 90 degrees. 2.) Power off. 3.) Demount collimator cover.

4.) Demount the black protective cover inside collimator.

5.) Change collimator lamp.

6.) Mount the covers back to collimator.

Align of Visually Defined X-ray Fields 1.) Power on. 2.) Adjust the blades to get light FOV at 20cm*20cm on table top. 3.) Put a washer on each side of the light FOV, ensuring the washer is aligned with edge of light FOV, for just use a phantom which has visual lead squares in it, use the lead square to Page 280

Section 6.0 - X-ray Source

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 illustrate the light FOV.

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

4.) Switch off the collimator lamp. 5.) Set the exposure parameters: 60kV/5mAs. 6.) Make an exposure, and develop the film. 7.) Measure the misalignment of washer edges or the lead square and x-ray edge with ruler. 8.) Calculate misalignment between light FOV and x-ray FOV illustrated as below.

Visually Defined Field a1 b1

b2

a2

X-ray Field 9.) Measure the data, and calculate. Mis-Alignment

Measured (mm)

Ia1I= Ia2I= Ib1I= Ib2I= SID=

1000

Rejection Limit

Ia1I+Ia2I<=1.8% SID Ib1I+Ib2I<=1.8% SID

Pass/Fail 10.) If pass, it’s ok. If fail, please adjust collimator lamp, and redo alignment of visually defined xray fields until pass.

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts

Page 281

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7.0 Miscable Item

Page 282

Part No.

ePDM No.

Name

1

2409055

2409055

TDSP CN331 MIS Cable

2

2409056

2409056

TDSP CN332 MIS Cable

3

2409498

2409498

I.I. Power and Control Cable

4

2408887

2408887

Generator Room I/F Cable

5

2408888

2408888

CCU Generator I/F Cable

6

2409500

2409500

System Console Power Cable

7

2409502

2409502

Table Power Cable

8

5123220

5123220

Image Cnvtr Board Power Cable

10

2409507

2409507

Tube Control Cable

11

2409637

2409637

PDU Power-On Cable

12

2408886

2408886

Cabinet TDSP CN333 Signal Cable

13

2408889

2408889

CPI RS232 Communication Cable

14

2408924

2408924

Console MIC Audio Cable

15

2408925

2408925

Console Speaker Audio Cable

16

2409497

2409497

Speaker Volume Adjust Cable

17

2409496

2409496

Mic Volulme Adjust Cable

19

5122632

5122632

HV Cable

20

2409811

2409811

Table Board Interface Cable 1

21

2409812

2409812

Table Board Interface Cable 2

22

2409813

2409813

Table Tilt Over Switch Cable

23

2409814

2409814

Table Tilt Stop Switch Cable

24

2409815

2409815

Table Limit Switch Cable

25

2409816

2409816

Table I/O Board Power Cable

26

2409817

2409817

Cassette Signal Cable

27

2409818

2409818

Table Relay Control Cable

29

2409820

2409820

Collimator Control Cable

30

2409821

2409821

Table Top Motor Cable

31

2409822

2409822

Table Relay Board Power Cable

32

2409823

2409823

Tilt Inverter Control Cable

33

2409824

2409824

Tube Inverter Control Cable

34

2409825

2409825

Swtich Power Input Cable

35

2409828

2409828

Console Move Control Input Cable

36

2409829

2409829

Console Spot Control Input Cable

38

2409831

2409831

I.I. Power Cable

39

2409832

2409832

Compressor Motor Control Cable

40

2409833

2409833

Collimator Power Cable

41

2409835

2409835

Collimator Control Cable 2

Section 7.0 - Miscable

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

42

5119278

5119278

Table Side Switch Cable 2

43

5119983

5119983

Table Audio Cable

44

5119984

5119984

Compressor Assembly Cable

45

5121657

5121657

Tower Push Switch Cable

46

2409700-1

2409700-1

Speaker Mis Cable

48

2409797

2409797

AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable

49

2408885

2408885

Console I/F Board Control Cable

50

2408902

2408902

CCU Power Cable

51

2408907

2408907

CCU Real-time Control Cable

52

2408914

2408914

Intercomm Power Cable

54

5123315

5123315

T/S Console Comm. Cable

55

5124835

5124835

T/S Console Grounding Cable

56

5122285

5122285

20m Cable

57

5123214

5123214

Img Cnvtr Bd Syn Sgnl Cable

58

2409364

2409364

Storm DSA Video RGB Cable

59

5162261

5162261

Storm IR Monitor VGA Cable

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts

Page 283

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 284

Section 7.0 - Miscable

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 9 - Master Interconnect System Map Section 1.0 Scope This section describes the MIS (Master Interconnection System) map.

Section 2.0 Symbols/Conventions The equipment outlines on the map identify where connections are made. These outlines are usually cabinets or major assemblies. Internal divisions show modules/circuit boards. These components are identified using the component location codes defined for each product. (If you are unfamiliar with these codes refer to the schematics direction for any major product. It is worth your effort to learn these codes.) MIS runs are identified by lines between connection points, with the MIS number in an oval at each end of the line.

Section 3.0 Digital System MIS Map A hardcopy version of system MIS map, 2409796-2SCH, is shipped with system. This schematic shows all of MIS cables and their termination points. A version appropriate for viewing electronically is provided here.

Chapter 9 - Master Interconnect System Map

Page 285

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

CPI Generator Indico 100 R&F 65/50KW

A

Monitor LCD

XRAY Tube

Tube Rotor HV Cables

HV Generator

Room Interlock

Collimator

B

In-room LCD (Option)

System PDU Cabinet

Room Light

Patient

C Remote R&F Table

Table Electronics Grid 10:1 Film Cassette

D

ROOM Interface H V P S

Generator Interface AEC Board

E

Image Intensifier

AEC Feedback (Photodiode)

Digital Interface

Optics CCD Camera

Imager CCU

Digital Subsystem

ABS Feedback (Proportional DC)

CPI Touchscreen XRay Console

F Thales

RS232

Console Inteface Boards

To Gen Room IF & Hundicmed Digital IF

Varian G

System Integrated Console

Hundrimed Redesign or Design Change Based on TH600

H

REVISIONS

GE Monitors 1

2

3

4

REV

MADE BY

DATE

PCN NO.

1

Peng Qingming

09/14/2004

-

Initial release

2

Xu Yong

03/06/2006

-

Update for Rainstorm

3

Xu Yong

05/08/2007

5

Figure 9-1 Functional Block Diagram

Page 286

Section 3.0 - Digital System MIS Map

DESCRIPTION

MADE

APPROVALS Xu Yong

YY/MM/DD TITLE

Storm Functional Block Diagram

CHECK

FIRST MADE FOR:

CRT phase out and New T/S phase in

6

APPR

2409796-2SCH

OTHER

7

REV

Precision THUNIS-800+

8

3

SHT/CONT ON

1/2

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Integrated Console 65/50KW R&F Generator

Digital Box

P/N 5123374

A

A

(Workstation)

Generator I/F Boards

LCD Monitor

Analog Video_3

X-Ray ON Warning Light

CDR-W TB4 @ Room Interface

Video

1750 I/O Card DICOM Frame Grabber

B

Door Interlock Switch

In-Room Monitor MIS 5162261

Analog Video_4

Keyboard

Video Convert Board

TB4 @ Room Interface

COM1

/ / 1 1

Digital Box MIS 2408888

J8 @Gen IF board

C

MIS 5162380

1 ( ( (

MIS 2409362

J2 @ Digital IF board

B

/

PC Mouse PC PWR COM2

J4 (ABC Feedback Signal)

C

Remote R&F Table P/N 5117026

J6

II Image Chain Pin7-, Pin12+

{

AEC Channel#1 for spot

MIS 5122285

Camera Head LVDS

AEC Channel#2 for DSA

MIS 2409797

AEC Feedback Signal

J1 (To Camera Head)

J432

D

(Touchscreen LCD)

COM1

GND Stud

HV Tank Anode+

D

Gen

MIS 5123315

MIS 5124835

To Room IF Board

MIS 5122632

MIS 2408887

J17

Xray Tube

J4

RS232

To Tube Anode +

U HV Tank Cathode-

V

MIS MIS MIS MIS

2409492 2409493 2409494 2409495

W GND

MIS 2409507

GND

MIS 2409508

HV Tank GND Stud

F

TB2 U V

MIS 2409498

J5 (II Power andControl)

To Stator GND Stud Tube Grounding Stud

Contrast Adjustment

Console Interface Board MIS 5162733

J5

J331

Fluoro Foot switch

Fluoro Switch

MIS 2409055

CN331

MIS 2409056

CN332

J332

F

Mic Vol Ctrl

J442

MIS 2409505-6

Speaker Vol CTRL

W GND

MIS 2409700-1

In-room speake

J1 ( ON/OFF Signal)

J3

MIS 2409502

TM1

GND Stud Cabinet GND

MIS 2409503

GND Stud

J531

Table Electrical

TB1 U V W GND

J2 (Speaker_2)

J4

MIS 2409500

GND Stud Cabinet GND

MIS 2409501

Control Room Speaker

J5 (MIC_2)

In-room MIC J341

Hospital 360-440VAC 3 Phase Supply

Collimator Lamp SW

TDSP Board J431

Cabinet GND

E

Bright Adjustment

To Tube Cathode -

Tube Stator

To Fan PWR 220VAC

G

COM2

24VDC @Room Interface J4 @generator IF board

E

Xray APR Console

Imager PCU

II PWR

MIS 2409637

In-Room Footswitch P/N 5121496-1

Control room MIC

DC PWR: 5VDC, +/-12VDC, 24VDC

Intercom FootSwitch

G

Intercom 220VAC Power GND Stud Console GND

Console Table Console Cabinet

Power Distribution

P/N 5119248

System PDU P/N 5122648

H

REVISIONS

Connected With Bulkhead REV 1

Option

1

2

3

4

MADE BY Peng Qingming

APPROVALS

DATE

PCN NO.

DESCRIPTION

09/14/2004

-

Initial release

2

Xu Yong

03/06/2006

-

Update for Rainstorm

3

Xu Yong

05/08/2007

-

CRT phase out and- New T/S phase in

5

6

YY/MM/DD TITLE

STORM System Interconnects

MADE CHECK

FIRST MADE FOR:

Precision THUNIS-800+

REV

H

3

APPR

GE Healthcare China

OTHER

7

2409796-2SCH

SHT/CONT ON

2/ 2

8

Figure 9-2 System Interconnects

Chapter 9 - Master Interconnect System Map

Page 287

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 288

Section 3.0 - Digital System MIS Map

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 10 - Schematics Section 1.0 Positioner Table 1.1

Digital System Table Schematics

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 289

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1

3

Logic IO Board 2408348-1 A1 B1

J3

Tilt Stop LS Assy A5 1LS

G24 Vertical_stop_sw G24 Level_stop_sw G24 Incline_stop_sw

(Vertical)

2LS (Level) 3LS 2409814

1 4 2 5 3 6

2409813

3 4 5 6

11LS (Up)

5119276-1 12LS

7 8 9

(Down)

5119276-2 13LS (U/D)

D

10

5119276-3

3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19

F

20 20 IDC 20p

TOP L/R

5119986

G

5119278

Gear Motor 220Vac, 25W 5120418-1

1 2 3

J3

J7

CN52

+24Vdc 24G

1 3

JST 4p

5G +5Vdc

3 4

J11

MNL 4p

6A

220Vac

F3

2A

F4

2A

110Va c

2409825 Tower A6 Main A3 PWA A1 Base A4

5119987 5119988 5119989 5119990-1

Bulkhead

J332

Console Spot Control Input Cable

J442 DB50

2.

Rise

2

Up

Down

Left

3

Right

5

6

6

51199902

E Table Ground Cable

E A2

F

J431 DB50

A1 - Table Base PWAs assembly A2 - Table Power in Assmbly A3 - Table Main Frame Assembly A4 - Table Base Motor Assembly A5 - Table Front Assembly A6 - Table Tower Assembly A7 - Table Tube and Collimator A8 - Table Case and Image Chain

TDSP 331 MIS Cable to Console -2409055

G

REVISIONS REV

Front cover To Main A3 5121493 Fall

4

5

D

= Indicates signals are part of a cable

15 19

1

13P S

4

TDSP 332 MIS Cable

NOTES

11

22P S

3

to PDU -2408503

Xray Control Board 2408350 A1 B3 Console Move Control Input Cable

2 18 14

13

8

21P S

to PDU -2409502

3

to Console -2409056

2409828

12P S

Table Power Cable

2

IDC 50p

J331

12

11P S

1

2

Area Designations IDC 50p

J82 J342

10

9

1PS

1

A2

2409829

1 2 3 4

2409811

5

2PS

4

6

3

7

F2

1. All sheets of this schematic will be at the same revision. The revision of this sheet will be the revision of the entire document.

1

Emergency

4

MADE BY

DATE

1

Xu Yong

11 OCT 2004

2

Xu Yong

15 DEC 2004

3

Xu Yong

06 MAR 2006

4

Jia Yingjie

03 JUL 2006

5

Jia Yingjie

13 DEC 2006

5

Figure 10-1 5117026SCH-1 Page 290

B

Molex 4p

Table Top

Inv_Fall

9

220Vac

L N PE

IDC 50p

3PS

5119273-2 8

10A

5119273-1

1 2

15W, 5Ohm

A1 R1

J1

C

A2 TM1

F1

CN51

Board Interface Cable1

5119273-4

A2 Fuse

7

A

CN 1

JST 5p

J11

2409827

2409822

6

1 3 5

2

B

3Phase Motor 220Vac,4P,370W 5120416-1

5166053

5

Switch Power 80W 5120419 A1 P1

5119277

H

Tube U/D A3 M2

0Vac 110Vac 220Vac MNL 4p

3 1 5 6 7 8 4 JST 8p

2409816

MNL 4p

-

SIDE SW A5

2409826

P E P E L N

4

1 2

GND

2 3 4 5 6 7

2409818

J1

A

E L N

A2 RY1

IDC 50p

-

5155234

P E P

Frequency Inverter 370W U IO 5120414 V 1 A2 FC2 W

+24Vdc Power_Relay-

Molex 3p

3Phase Motor 220Vac,4P,750W 5120417-1

A4 M1

5119273-3

4 3 2 1

MNL 3p

1 2

J6 J41 J341 J352

2409821

-

-

Tilt R/F/I

J1

IDC 10p

IDC 20p

220Vac Top_motor1 Top_motor2

220 N1 N2 -

A3 M3

JTA G

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

+24V Emergency_CPLD

TM12

3 4 5 6 7

2409824

IDC 10p

1 2 3

J2

J351 +24Vdc Lamp_side_sw G24 Rise_side_sw G24 Fall_side_sw FallInv_side_sw G24 Up_side_sw Down_side_sw G24 Left_side_sw Right_side_sw Console_SM_SW Table_EM_SW +24Vdc

2 2

E

J 2

IDC 10p

Main Frame Assy 351C A3 1N 1

J12 IDC 20p

CPLD MAX3256A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

2409815

Board Interface Cable2

GND Tube_inverter_DO Tube_inverter_DI0 Tube_inverter_DI1 Tube_inverter_DI2 Tube_inverter_+24V Tube_inverter_G24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2409812

J4 G24 Left_limit_sw G24 Right_limit_sw G24 Up_limit_sw G24 Down_limit_sw G24 UD_limit_sw

1 2

J12 IDC 20p

Molex 6p

TM11

(Left)

8

Frequency Inverter 750W U IO 5120415 V 1 A2 FC1 W 2

5G

(-18 ~ -30)

(Right)

7

2409823

IDC 10p

+5Vdc

5LS 6LS

22LS

GND Tilt_inverter_DO Tilt_inverter_DI0 Tilt_inverter_DI1 Tilt_inverter_DI2 Tilt_inverter_+24V Tilt_inverter_G24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

J5

G24 Incline_over_sw G24 Vertical_over_sw G24 Reverse_degree_sw

(Vertical)

21LS

J4

J5

(Incline)

C

Motor Relay Board 2409218 A1 B2

6

Molex 6p

Tilt Over LS Assy A4 4LS

5119274

5

1 4 2 5 3 6

(Incline)

B

4

+15vdc 15G 15G -15vdc

A

2

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table

ECR NO.

DESCRIPTION

2010239

Update Some Cables Part No

Initial Design

Update For -Rainstorm 2030734

APPROVALS MADE

Precision THUNIS-800+ Table Schematics FIRST MADE FOR:

Update For Rainstorm

APPR

Update For Rainstorm

OTHER

6

YY/MM/DD TITLE

CHECK

GEHL MEDICAL SYSTEMS

7

REV

5

Storm

5117026SCH

8

SHT/CONT ON

1 /2

H

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Bulkhead A

J3 Compreesor A6 A6 110Vac, M4 Torque Motor

B

30 0 30 1 30

342ZN R

151R

C

2 2 1 1

J41 Compress_limit1_sw Compress_limit_sw G24 G24 Up_side_sw Down_side_sw Lamp_Tower_sw +24Vdc Spare_Tower_sw

4 4

MCN

5 5 6 6

1 1

9 9

2 2

10 10

3 3 4 4

11 11 4 4

Up

3

5 5

Dow n

12P S

6 6 MNL 6p

5 5 12 12

5119984 MNL 12p 2409832

1

CN83

Cassette SW

Digital Case A8

8 9 10 5 4 3 1 2 7

E 2 M 1 M

4LS 3LS 1LS 2LS

2PR

2 2

7 7

2 2

10 10

3 3 4 4 5 5

1 1 4 4 5 5

6 6

8 8

7 7 8 8

9 9 12 12

9 10 11 12

3 6 11 2

L N

9 10 11 12

to CPI -2409507 to CPI -2409508 Tube Fan Power Cable

J352 IDC 34p

J6

IDC 50p

FAN

to PDU -2409505-6

A7

SFD interface Cable

C

Col Trans A6Fuse

12Vac

2409820

110Vac

2A

PE 0Vac

2409830-1

D

Xray Control Board 2408350 J342 A1 B3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

DB50

E A2 TM1

J1,J11 J332

110Vac 0Vac PE

1 1 2 2

J542

In-Room Console Spot Control Input Cable

IDC 34p

MNL 12p

CN84

In-Room Foot SW 5121496-1

DB50

J1,J2,J3,J4 J5,J7,J11,J12 J331,J351

1 2

J82

J531

In-Room Console Move Control Input Cable 5121497

Molex 3p

Col_RESCol_RES+ Col_FED_UD Col_FED_LR Col_LR Col_UD Mot_LR+ Mot_LRMot_UD+ Mot_UDGND

3 6 11 2

MNL 12p

2409835

0Vac 5121656-1

G

2409817

CN82

1 1

HRS 12p

Collimator 5167951 A7

3 3

4 4 Molex 4p

CN12

F AC12V 100W

B

to CPI -5122632 Tube Anode Cable Tube Ground Cable

IDC 10p

G24 Cassette_in_sw

1 1

2409819-1 To Main A3 5121492

1PR

to Console -5122285 AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable

Xray Tube 5121886 A7

J341

D

1VR

To Main A3 5121494

J1,J2,J4 J5,J12

5

2VR

A

to Console -2409498

5121657

4

indication

2409831

CCD Camera to PCU MIS Cable

Logic IO Board 2408348-1 A1 B1

3 3

11P S

Operation

I.I Power and Control MIS Cable

DB15

Xray HV Cable

44CN

9

5121655

2

J432

I.I Power Cable

to CPI -2409797

4 30 7 30 8 30

(UP)

Tower SW A6

A2

Image Chain 5122283 A8

3 30 4 30

342ZN R

152 R

LS

1 2 3 MNL 3p

1 30 2 30

151C

5123381-1

110Vac Compress_motor1 Compress_motor2

Motor Relay Board 2409218 A1 B2

3 3 MNL 3p2409833

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

Area Designations A1 - Table Base PWAs assembly A2 - Table Power in Assmbly A3 - Table Main Frame Assembly A4 - Table Base Motor Assembly A5 - Table Front Assembly A6 - Table Tower Assembly A7 - Table Tube and Collimator A8 - Table Case and Image Chain

L3 L4

F

Collimator SW MIS cable to Console -5162733

To Tube

Speaker A6

Spk+ Spk-

SPK

G

Table Audio Cable

1 1 2 2

to Console -2409700-1

5119985

MIC A6

H

1 3 2

Mic+ Mic-

MIC REVISIONS

1 1 2 2 3 3

REV

4 4

5119983 Molex 4p

1

2

3

MADE BY

DATE

1

Xu Yong

11 OCT 2004

2

Xu Yong

15 DEC 2004

3

Xu Yong

06 MAR 2006

4

Jia Yingjie

03 JUL 2006

5

Jia Yingjie

13 DEC 2006

4

5

ECR NO.

DESCRIPTION

2010239

Update Some Cables Part No

Initial Design

Update For -Rainstorm 2030734

APPROVALS MADE

Precision THUNIS-800+ Table Schematics FIRST MADE FOR:

Update For Rainstorm

APPR

Update For Rainstorm

OTHER

6

YY/MM/DD TITLE

CHECK

GEHL MEDICAL SYSTEMS

7

REV

H

5

Storm

5117026SCH

SHT/CONT ON

2 /2

8

Figure 10-2 5117026SCH-2 Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 291

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

1.2

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Digital System Table Cable Routing 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3'8

Tube Fan Power Cable -2409505-6 '8&7 +26(

A

Area Designations

*HQHUDWRU

Tube Anode Cable -2409507 Tube Ground Cable -2409508 0&1

B



3636

44

&1



&RQVROH





A

A1 - Table Base PWAs assembly A2 - Table Power in Assmbly A3 - Table Main Frame Assembly A4 - Table Base Motor Assembly A5 - Table Front Assembly A6 - Table Tower Assembly A7 - Table Tube and Collimator A8 - TableCase and Image Chain

Xray HV Cable -5122632

B

&1



 63.





&RQVROH

0,&

 A6 M4

C

)HUULWH

&1





0&1



/6







 



C

*HQHUDWRU &RQVROH

CCD Camera to PCU MIS Cable -5122285

 

D

D

  /6/6/6





%XONKHDG

 /6/6/6

E 70

F

E

$5

 /6 /6



/6 /6 /6

  

7DEOH7RS )UDPH



70

 F1







F3 F4

&1





F

  



)HUULWH



G

  Ground Cable 2409503

)HUULWH

70



Table Power Cable -2409502



 7RS/5

A3 M3

   

F2













)HUULWH



 7XEH8'

A3 M2

)HUULWH













H

REVISIONS

APPROVALS

REV

MADE BY

DATE

1

Xu Yong

11 JAN 2006

ECR NO.

PS800+ Table Cable Routing

DESCRIPTION Initial Design

2

CHECK

3

4

5

OTHER

Figure 10-3 5122468-1ADW Section 1.0 - Positioner Table

6

REV

1

Precision 800+ Table GEHL MEDICAL 5122468-1ADW SHT/CONT ON SYSTEMS 1/1

FIRST MADE FOR: APPR

-

Page 292

YY/MM/DD TITLE

MADE

3636363636363636

1

G

7LOW5),

)HUULWH )HUULWH

A4 M1

7

8

H

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0 Generator Please refer to the Generator Schematics in CPI Service Manual.

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 293

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0 PDU 3.1

Page 294

Digital System PDU Schematics

Section 3.0 - PDU

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

p

Chapter 10 - Schematics

g

Figure 10-1 5121161SCH_s1_r1

Page 295

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0 Integrated Console 4.1

Page 296

Digital System Console Schematics

Section 4.0 - Integrated Console

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 10-1 5119248SCH_Rev3-1

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 297

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 10-2 5119248SCH_Rev3-2

Page 298

Section 4.0 - Integrated Console

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 10-3 5119248SCH_Rev3-3

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 299

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 300

Section 4.0 - Integrated Console

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Section 1.0 Scope This section provides detailed information about each MIS run in the form of individual MIS cable charts. Each of the following charts defines a single interconnection in the system. The charts are arranged in the order, according to MIS numbers. In some cases, a particular MIS number is repeated, except for a letter added at the end. Such a set of charts use the same cable, and carry essentially the same signals, however the applications for each chart is different - the point of connection is different (at one or both ends) for each chart in the set.

Section 2.0 How to Use Each MIS cable shown on the MIS map in 2409796-2(Digital System), has its own MIS chart. Each chart identifies all signals present on the cable, and the specific pins associated with each signal. See Figure 11-1 for an example.

Figure 11-1 MIS Chart Example

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Page 301

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0 MIS Charts 3.1

System Main Input Power Cable Note:

The four cables should be provided by hospital, three are power supply cables, and the other one is ground cable.

Main Power Supply

System PDU TB1

3.2

Power Line U

Power Line U

Power Line V

Power Line V

Power Line W

Power Line W

Power Line G

Power Line G

2408885, Console Interface Board Power Cable PART No.

2408885

Integrated Console Console I/F

J9

1 6 1 4 2 5 3

Page 302

Integrated Console CN51/CN52 24G +24V 5G +5V 12G +12V -12V

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

PS1

CN51-4 (Brown) CN51-2 (Red) CN52-4 (Blue) CN52-2 (Purple) CN51-6 (Black) CN51-5 (Orange) CN51-8 (Yellow)

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.3

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2408886, Cabinet TDSP CN333 Signal Cable

2408886

PART No. 1 of 2 Integrated Console I/F

Integrated Console

J15

CN333

TDSP

VCC 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1 VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC GND GND GND GND GND GND F_BIT R_BIT F_ON R_ON EMERGENCY (No use) IDNO+ (No use)

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Page 303

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2408886

PART No. 2 of 2 Integrated Console I/F

Integrated Console

J15

CN333 /Y5 19 20 21 22

23 25 26 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

Page 304

19 /Y6 12V 12V TECH_SPOT XRAY_ON ABNORMAL (No use) GND GND GND GND GND GND 12V 12V 12V 12V 12V 12V

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

20 21 22

23 25 26 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

TDSP

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.4

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2408887, Generator ROOM Interface Cable PART No.

2408887

Integrated Console Console IF

Generator

J17

Room IF Board

1 14 2 15 3 16 4 17 6 19

REMOTE PREP+ REMOTE PREPREMOTE FLUORO+ REMOTE FLUOROREMOTE EXP+ REMOTE EXPMULTISPOT+ MULTISPOTXRAY ON+ XRAY ON-

TB6-7 TB6-8 TB6-5 TB6-6 TB6-9 TB6-10 TB5-11 TB5-12 TB6-2 TB6-1

SPARE INPUT 1+

7

TB5-2

SPARE OUTPUT1+

SPARE INPUT 1-

20

TB5-3

SPARE OUTPUT1-

SPARE INPUT 2+

8

TB5-5

SPARE OUTPUT2+

SPARE INPUT 2-

21

TB5-6

SPARE OUTPUT2-

SPARE INPUT 3+

9

TB5-8

SPARE OUTPUT3+

SPARE INPUT 3-

22

TB5-9

SPARE OUTPUT3-

SPARE INPUT 4+

10

TB6-12 SPARE OUTPUT4+

SPARE INPUT 4-

23

TB6-11 SPARE OUTPUT4-

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Page 305

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.5

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2408888, PCU Generator Interface Cable PART No.

2408888

Integrated Console Imager PCU

3.6

Generator J8

J4

GND

2

SHIELD

ABC +

8

CONDUCT

GND

2408889, CPI RS232 Communication Cable

PART No.

2408889

Integrated Console Console I/F Board

CPI Console COM4

J2

TX 2 RX 3 GND 5

Page 306

Gen IF BOARD

RS_TXD RS_RXD GND

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

ABC +

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2408892, TDSP Ground Cable

2408892

PART No.

Integrated Concole

Integrated Concole

Joystick Panel

Desk Grounding Panel GND

3.8

GND

2408896, AC DC Module 1 Power Input Cable

PART No.

2408896

Integrated Console

Integrated Console

Power Strip

PS1

1 2 3

FG L N

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

5 1 3

Page 307

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.9

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2408897, AC DC Module 2 Power Input Cable PART No.

2408897

Integrated Concole

Integrated Concole

Power Strip

PS2 L

2

3.10

2 (White)

3

N

3 (Black)

1

FG

4 (Green)

2408898, DeskBottom Ground Cable

PART No.

2408898

Integrated Concole

Integrated Concole

Desk Bottom

Desk Grounding Panel GND

GND

3.11

2408899, Desk Ground Cable

PART No.

2408899

Integrated Concole

Integrated Concole

Desk Grounding Panel

Cabinet Grounding Panel GND

Page 308

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

GND

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.12

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2408902, PCU Power Cable

2408902

PART No.

Integrated Concole PCU

Integrated Concole PS2

J11 24G

1

24V

2

3.13

3 (Black) 2 (Red)

2408905-1, Image Monitor Power Cable

PART No.

2408905-1

Integrated Concole

Integrated Concole

Power Strip

20'' Monitor

1 2 3

FG L N

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2 3

Page 309

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.14

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2408907, Camera Control Cable

PART No. 1 of 2

2408907

Integrated Console

Integrated Console

PCU

J7

J7

MEM_CMD_2 1

1

reserved 2

2

reserved 3

3

MEM_CMD_1 4

4

GND 5

5

SHAD_CMD_1 6

6

MEM_CMD_3 7

7

BLK_CMD 8

8

RF_CMD_1 9

9

GND 10

10

SHAD_CMD_0 11

11

MEM_CMD_4 12

12

RF_CMD_2 13

13

RF_CMD_0 14

14

GND 15

15

EE_CMD_0 16

16

VI_CMD 17

17

GAMMA_CMD_1 18

18

LIM_CMD 19

19

GND 20

Page 310

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

20

Console I/F

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

PART No. 2 of 2

2408907

Integrated Console

Integrated Console

PCU

J7

J7

Console I/F

reserved 21

21

MEM_CMD_0 22

22

MEM_CMD_5 23

23

reserved 24

24

GND 25

25

MEM_CMD_6 26

26

MODE_CMD_1 27

27

MODE_CMD_2 28

28

MODE_CMD_3 29

29

GND 30

30

GAMMA_CMD_2 31

31

MODE_CMD_0 32

32

TXT_CMD 33

33

HI_CMD 34

34

GND 35

35

GAMMA_CMD_0 36

36

EE_CMD_1 37

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

37

Page 311

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.15

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2408912, Brightness Adj. Assembly

2408912

PART No.

Integrated Console I/F Board

Integrated Console

J10

Brightness Adjustment

GND

1 2

CHANNLE_B VCC

3 4

CHANNLE_A GND

5

3.16

2 3 4 5

2408913, Contrast Adj. Assembly

PART No.

2408913

Integrated Console I/F Board

Integrated Console

J8

Contrast Adjustment

1 2 3 4 5

Page 312

1

GND CHANNLE_B VCC CHANNLE_A GND

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2 3 4 5

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.17

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2408914, Intercomm Power Cable

2408914

PART No.

Integrated Console Console I/F

Integrated Console

J14

J7

GND

1

+12V

2

5V

3

-12V

4

GND

5

3.18

Intercomm

1 2 3 4 5

2408924, Console MIC Audio Cable

PART No.

2408924

Integrated Console

Integrated Console

PS2 Console Mic Assy.

J1

2 1

MICMIC+

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Intercomm

2 1

Page 313

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.19

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2408925, Console Speaker Audio Cable

PART No.

2408925

Integrated Console

Integrated Console

PS2 Console Speaker Assy.

J6 SP+

1

3.20

1

SP-

2

2

2409055, TDSP CN331 MIS Cable

PART No.

2409055

Integrated Console TDSP Board

Positioner Table

CN331

J431

see table 1

see table 1

From

Signal

To

1

Not used

1

2

Not used

2

3

24V

3

4

RISE_CONSOLE_SW

4

5

SPARE_CONSOLE_SW

5

6

FULL_CONSOLE_SW

6

7

FULLINV_CONSOLE_SW

7

8

24V

8

9

DOWN_CONSOLE_SW

9

10

UP_CONSOLE_SW

10

11

24V

11

Table 11-1 Console Move Control Signals Page 314

Intercomm

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Bulkhead

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

From

Signal

To

12

LEFT_CONSOLE_SW

12

13

RIGHT_CONSOLE_SW

13

14

24V

14

15

COM_UP_CONSOLE_SW

15

16

COM_DOWN_CONSOLE_SW

16

17

FOOT_CONSOLE_SW

17

18

24V

18

19

XRAY_CONSOLE_SW

19

20

Not used

20

21

Not used

21

22

Not used

22

23

Not used

23

24

CON_RES-

24

25

CON1_LR

25

26

CON_RES_LR+

26

27

CON_RES-

27

28

CON1_UD

28

29

CON_RES_UD+

29

30

Not used

30

31

24V

31

32

EMERGENCY_FED+

32

33

EMERGENCY_FED-

33

34

Not used

34

35

Not used

35

36

Not used

36

37

Not used

37

38

Not used

38

39

COM_LED

39

40

COM_LED

40

41

Not used

41

42

Not used

42

43

Not used

43

44

Not used

44

45

G12V

45

46

G12V

46

47

EMERGENCY_SW

47

48

Not used

48

49

+12V

49

50

+12V

50

Table 11-1 Console Move Control Signals

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Page 315

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.21

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409056, TDSP CN332 MIS Cable

PART No.

2409056

Integrated Console TDSP Board

Positioner Table

CN332

J442

see table 2

From

Signal

To

1

Not used

1

2

Not used

2

4

REC_DA<0>

4

3

REC_DA<1>

3

6

REC_DA<2>

6

5

REC_DA<3>

5

8

REC_DA<4>

8

7

REC_DA<5>

7

10

REC_DA<6>

10

9

REC_DA<7>

9

11

TRA_DA<0>

11

12

TRA_DA<1>

12

13

TRA_DA<2>

13

14

TRA_DA<3>

14

15

TRA_DA<4>

15

16

TRA_DA<5>

16

17

TRA_DA<6>

17

18

TRA_DA<7>

18

19

TRA_DA<8>

19

20

TRA_DA<9>

20

21

TRA_DA<10>

21

22

TRA_DA<11>

22

23

TRA_DA<12>

23

24

TRA_DA<13>

24

25

TRA_DA<14>

25

26

TRA_DA<15>

26

27

TRA_DA<16>

27

Table 11-2 Console Spot Control Signals Page 316

see table 2

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Bulkhead

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

From

Signal

To

28

TRA_DA<17>

28

29

TRA_DA<18>

29

30

TRA_DA<19>

30

31

TRA_DA<20>

31

32

TRA_DA<21>

32

33

TRA_DA<22>

33

34

TRA_DA<23>

34

35

TRA_DA<24>

35

36

TRA_DA<25>

36

37

TRA_DA<26>

37

38

TRA_DA<27>

38

39

TRA_DA<28>

39

40

TRA_DA<29>

40

41

TRA_DA<30>

41

42

TRA_DA<31>

42

43

Not used

43

44

Not used

44

45

Not used

45

46

Not used

46

47

Not used

47

48

Not used

48

49

Not used

49

50

Not used

50

Table 11-2 Console Spot Control Signals

3.22

2409360, DSA SYNC Signal Cable

PART No.

2409360

Integrated Console I/F Board

Integrated Console IMG. CONV. BD

J13

SYNC_SIGNAL IN

Coaxial

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Digital Box

SYNC_SIGNAL OUT

Page 317

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.23

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409361, DSA 1750 Card RT Control Cable

2409361

PART No.

Integrated Console

Integrated Console

1750 Card

J13 1 20 2 21 3 22 4 23

FLUORO_STATUS SINGLE_SPOT GATE_TRIGGER GATE_SEL DSA_SEL PATH_SEL (not use) REPLAY_SEL (not use)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5

SINGLE_FRM_FORWARD (not use) 14

24

SINGLE_FRM_BACKWARD (not use) 15

6 25 7 26 8 27

Page 318

RAD_STATUS

WW_INCRES WW_DECRES WL_DECRES WL_INCRES (not use) (not use)

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

16 17 18 19 20 21

IF Board

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.24

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409362, Generator Digital Interface Cable

PART No.

2409362

Integrated Console Console IF

Generator

J4

J2

1 14 2 15 3 16 4 17 5 18 6 19 7 20 8 21 10 23 11 24 12 25

FLUORO ON + FLUORO ON RAD PREP + RAD PREP RAD READY+ RAD READYMODE SELECT+ MODE SELECTII MODE 1+ II MODE 1II MODE 2+ II MODE 2RAD EXP + RAD EXP II MODE 3+ II MODE 3PULSE FLUORO ON+ PULSE FLUORO ONXRAY ON + XRAY ON PULSE FLUORO SYNC IN+ PULSE FLUORO SYNC IN-

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Digital IF Board

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Page 319

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.25

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409364, DSA Video RGB Cable

PART No.

2409364

Integrated Concole

Integrated Concole VGA

20'' Monitor 1 2 3 6 7 8 10 13 14

Page 320

RED GREEN BLUE RED SHIELD GREEN SHIELD BLUE SHIELD SYNC GND H_SYNC V_SYNC

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2 3 6 7 8 10 13 14

Workstation Digital Box

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.26

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409365, DSA LVDS Convert Cable PART No. 1 of 2

2409365

Integrated Console Digital Box

Integrated Console

IMG. CONV. BD 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 9 34

J5 VID0+ VID0VID1+ VID1VID2+ VID2VID3+ VID3VID4+ VID4VID5+ VID5VID6+ VID6VID7+ VID7VID8+ VID8-

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

PCU

23 4 3 22 21 2 1 20 28 9 8 27 26 7 5 25 33 14

Page 321

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

PART No. 2 of 2

2409365

Integrated Console Digital Box

Integrated Console

IMG. CONV. BD 10 35 11 36 12

J5 VID9+ VID9VID10+ VID10VID11+ VID11-

37 15 40 17 42 16 41

Page 322

FRAME_VALID+ FRAME_VALIDDATA_VALID+ DATA _VALIDLINE_VALID+ LINE_VALID-

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

13 32 30 11 10 29 17 36 35 16 37 19

PCU

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.27

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409366, Camera Link Cable PART No. 1 of 2

2409366

Integrated Concole Digital Box

Integrated Concole

Img. Conv. Bd 1 14 2 15 3 16 4 17 5 18 6 19 7 20 8 21 9 22

Frm. Grab. Bd

GND GND X0X0+ X1X1+ X2X2+ XCLKXCLK+ X3X3+ SERTC+ SERTCSERTFGSERTFG+ CC1CC1+

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Digitla Box

1 14 2 15 3 16 4 17 5 18 6 19 7 20 8 21 9 22

Page 323

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

PART No. 2 of 2

2409366

Integrated Concole Img. Conv. Bd

Digital Box

10 23 11 24 12 25 13 26

3.28

Integrated Concole Frm. Grab. Bd

CC2+ CC2CC3CC3+ CC4+ CC4GND GND

10 23 11 24 12 25 13 26

2409492, CPI Input Power Cable1 U PART No.

2409492

System PDU TB2

Generator U

Power Line U

Page 324

Digitla Box

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

A

HV Tank

Power Line U

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.29

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409493, CPI Input Power Cable2 V

PART No.

2409493

System PDU TB2

Generator V

Power Line V

3.30

Power Line V

2409494, CPI Input Power Cable3 W

PART No.

2409494

System PDU TB2

Generator W

HV Tank

C

Power Line W

3.31

HV Tank

B

Power Line W

2409495, CPI Ground Cable 4#

PART No.

2409495

System PDU

Generator HV Tank

GND

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

GND

Page 325

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.32

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409496, Microphone Volume Adjust Cable

PART No.

2409496

Integrated Console

Integrated Console

Mic Volume Adjust

3.33

J4

1

1 SIG_IN

2

2 SIG_OUT

3

3 GND

2409497, Speaker Volume Adjust Cable

PART No.

2409497

Integrated Console Speaker Volume Adjust

Page 326

Intercomm

Integrated Console J8

1

1 SIG_IN

2

2 SIG_OUT

3

3 GND

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Intercomm

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.34

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409498, II Power and Control Cable

PART No.

2409498

Integrated Console Console IF

Positioner Table

J5

J432

1 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15

3.35

GND GND GND II_CTRL<1> GND GND II_CTRL<2> II_CTRL<0> II_POWER(24V)

Bulkhead

1 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15

2409500, System Console Power Cable 2 core

PART No.

2409500

System PDU

Integrated Console J4

220VAC 0VAC

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Power Strip

220VAC Power 0VAC

Page 327

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.36

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409501, System Console Ground Cable 8#

PART No.

2409501

System PDU

Integrated Console

GND

3.37

Console GND

2409502, Table Power Cable 3 core PART No.

2409502

PDU

Positioner Table J3

TM1

220VAC

TM1.2 220VAC Table PS

110VAC

TM1.3 110VAC Table PS

0VAC

3.38

TM1.4 0VAC Table PS

2409503, Table Ground Cable 8# PART No.

2409503

PDU

Positioner Table

GND

Page 328

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

GND

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.39

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409505-6, Tube Fan Power Cable 2 core PART No.

2409505-6

PDU

Positioner Table J5

Fan

Tube Fan PS 220VAC

220VAC 0VAC

Tube Fan PS 0VAC

PE

3.40

PE

2409507, Tube Anode Power Cable 5 core PART No.

2409507

Generator

Positioner Table

HV Tank

Tube (A196) C

1

M

2

S

3

T1

5

T2 GND

Shield

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

6 GND

Page 329

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.41

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409508, Tube Ground Cable 10#

PART No.

2409508

Generator

Positioner Table E

Oil Tank

PE

3.42

Ground

PE

2409637, PDU Power ON Cable 2 core PART No.

2409637

System PDU

Generator Room Interface Boards

J1 Power ON/OFF Signal 24VDC

TB8 24VDC

0VDC GND

Page 330

Xray Tube

TB7 0VDC Shield

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

GND

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.43

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409700-1, Audio Cable

2409700-1

PART No.

Integrated Console Intercom

Positioner Table

J2 SPEAKER +

1

SPEAKER -

2

Intercom

MIC + MIC -

5

MIC - Shield

6

3.44

Cable 5119985

MIC

Cable 5119983

1 2

J5

4

SPK

4 5 6

2409797, AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable

2409797

PART No.

Generator

Positioner Table

AEC Board channel 1 & 2

II Image Chain AEC board 12 7

AEC Feedback Signal Shield

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

J2 GND

Page 331

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.45

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409811, Table Board Interface Cable 1 PART No.

2409811

Positioner Table Logic IO Board

J11

see table 3

J11

see table 3

From

Signal

To

1

DI_CPLD<0>

1

2

DI_CPLD<1>

2

3

DI_CPLD<2>

3

4

DI_CPLD<3>

4

5

DI_CPLD<4>

5

6

DI_CPLD<5>

6

7

DI_CPLD<6>

7

8

DI_CPLD<7>

8

9

DO_CPLD<0>

9

10

DO_CPLD<1>

10

11

DO_CPLD<2>

11

12

DO_CPLD<3>

12

13

DO_CPLD<4>

13

14

DO_CPLD<5>

14

15

DO_CPLD<6>

15

16

DO_CPLD<7>

16

17

DO_CPLD<8>

17

18

DO_CPLD<9>

18

19

DO_CPLD<10>

19

20

DO_CPLD<11>

20

21

DO_CPLD<12>

21

22

DO_CPLD<13>

22

23

DO_CPLD<14>

23

24

DO_CPLD<15>

24

25

COL_CPLD<0>

25

26

COL_CPLD<1>

26

27

COL_CPLD<2>

27

28

COL_CPLD<3>

28

Table 11-3 Xray Control Signals Page 332

Positioner Table

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Xray Control Board

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

From

Signal

To

29

COL_CPLD<4>

29

30

COL_CPLD<5>

30

31

COL_CPLD<6>

31

32

COL_CPLD<7>

32

33

Not used

33

34

Not used

34

35

CON1_LR

35

36

CON1_UD

36

37

CON2_LR

37

38

CON2_UD

38

39

CON_RES_LR+

39

40

CON_RES_UD+

40

41

CON_RES-

41

42

CON_RES-

42

43

VCC

43

44

VCC

44

45

VCC

45

46

VCC

46

47

GND

47

48

GND

48

49

GND

49

50

GND

50

Table 11-3 Xray Control Signals

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Page 333

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.46

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409812, Table Board Interface Cable 2 PART No.

2409812

Positioner Table Logic IO Board

Positioner Table

J12

J12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Page 334

TOP_LEFT TOP_RIGHT COMPRESS_DOWN COMPRESS_UP TILT_RISE TILT_FALL TILT_SPARE TILT_IVT_DO TUBE_RISE TUBE_FALL TUBE_SPARE TUBE_IVT_DO 24V 24V 24V 24V GND GND GND GND

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Motor Relay Board

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.47

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409813, Table Tilt Over Switch Cable PART No.

2409813

Positioner Table IO Board

Positioner Table

J5 1 2 3 4 5 6

3.48

Tilt Over LS Assy +24V +24V +24V INCLINE-OVER VERTICAL-OVER REVERSE-DEGREE

1 (Brown) 2 (Yellow) 3 (Blue) 4 (Gray) 5 (White) 6 (Red)

2409814, Table Tilt Stop Switch Cable

PART No.

2409814

Positioner Table IO Board

Positioner Table

J3

1 2 3

Tilt Stop LS Assy +24V +24V +24V

1 (Brown) 2 (Yellow) 3 (Blue)

4

VERTICAL-STOP

4 (Gray)

5

LEVEL-STOP

5 (White)

6

INCLINE-STOP

6 (Red)

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Page 335

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.49

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409815, Table Limit Switch Cable PART No.

2409815

Positioner Table IO Board

Positioner Table

J4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Page 336

Limit SW 24V LEFT LIMIT SW 24V RIGHT LIMIT SW 24V UP LIMIT SW 24V DOWN LIMIT SW 24V RANGE SW

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 (Black) 2 (Brown) 3 (Red) 4 (Orange) 5 (Yellow) 6 (Green) 7 (Blue) 8 (Purple) 9 (Gray) 10 (White)

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.50

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409816, Table IO Board Power Cable PART No.

2409816

Positioner Table IO Board

Positioner Table CN51/CN52

J1

IO Board J1-1 IO Board J1-2 IO Board J1-3 IO Board J1-4 Xray Board J1-1 Xray Board J1-2 Xray Board J1-3 Xray Board J1-4

SFD-1 SFD-2 R1-1 R1-2

+24V 24G 5G +5V +15V 15G 15G -15V +5V 5G +5V 5G

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Switch Power

CN52-1 CN52-3 CN51-3 CN51-1 CN51-5 CN51-6 CN51-7 CN51-8 CN51-2 (Red) CN51-4 (Black) CN51-2 (Red) CN51-4 (Black)

Page 337

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.51

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409817, Cassette Signal Cable

2409817

PART No.

Positioner Table Cable 2409819

J6

CN83

1 2

3.52

Positioner Table

+24Vdc Cassette in SW

1 2

2409818, Table Relay Control Cable

PART No.

2409818

Positioner Table IO Board

Positioner Table Table Main Frm Assy RY1

J7 1 2

Page 338

Logic IO Board

+24V POWER-RELAY

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 (Red) 2 (Black)

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.53

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409819, Cassette Swich Cable

2409819

PART No.

Positioner Table Cable 2409817

Positioner Table Cassette SW

CN83 +24Vdc

1 2

3.54

1

Cassette in SW

2

2409820, Collimator Control Cable PART No.

2409820

Positioner Table Cable 2409835

Positioner Table

CN82

7 10 1 4 5 8 9 12 3 6 11

J82 Col RESCol RES+ Col FED UD Col FED LR Col LR Col UD Mot LR+ Mot LRMot UD+ Mot UDGND

2

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Xray Control Board

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Page 339

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.55

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409821, Table Top Motor Cable

2409821

PART No.

Positioner Table Relay Board

Positioner Table TM12

J2 220VAC

1

TOP_MOT1

2

TOP_MOT2

3

3.56

1 (Red) 2 (Black) 3 (White)

2409822, Table Relay Board Power Cable PART No.

2409822

Positioner Table Relay Board

Positioner Table

J1 1 2 3 4

Page 340

Table Main Frm Assy

TM1 220VAC 110VAC 0VAC PE

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

A2 RY1 Pin6 A2 Fuse F4 TM1 Pin4 Braid

Fuse

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.57

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409823, Tilt Inverter Control Cable PART No.

2409823

Positioner Table Relay Board

Positioner Table

J4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

IO GND TILT INVERTER D0 TILT INVERTER DI0 TILT INVERTER DI1 TILT INVERTER DI2 TILT INVERTER +24V TILT INVERTER 24G NC1 NC2 PE

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Frequency Inverter FC1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Braid

Page 341

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.58

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409824, Tube Inverter Control Cable

2409824

PART No.

Positioner Table Relay Board

Positioner Table

J5

IO GND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

TUBE INVERTER D0 TUBE INVERTER DI0 TUBE INVERTER DI1 TUBE INVERTER DI2 TUBE INVERTER +24V TUBE INVERTER 24G NC1

8

NC2

9

PE

10

3.59

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Braid

2409825, Switch Power Input Cable PART No.

2409825

Positioner Table

Positioner Table

Fuse

CN1 1 2 3

Page 342

Frequency Inverter FC2

L N FG

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 3 5

SPwr

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.60

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409826, Tilt Motor Power Cable PART No.

2409826 Positioner Table

Positioner Table Frequency Inverter FC1

Motor1

UVW

U

1

V

2

2

W

3

3

PE

4

3.61

1

4

2409827, Tube Motor Power Cable PART No.

2409827

Positioner Table Frequency Inverter FC2

Positioner Table

UVW 1 2 3 4

Motor2

U V W PE

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2 3 4

Page 343

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.62

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409828, Console Move Control Input Cable

PART No.

2409828

Positioner Table Bulkhead

Positioner Table

J431

J331

see table 1

3.63

see table 1

2409829, Console Spot Control Input Cable

2409829

PART No.

Positioner Table Bulkhead

Positioner Table

J442

J332

see table 2

3.64

Xray Control Board

see table 2

2409830, Transformer Collimator Cable

2409830

PART No.

Positioner Table

Positioner Table

Collimator Trans

CN84

1 2 3

Page 344

Logic I/O Board

110Vac 0Vac PE

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2 3

Cable 2409833

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.65

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409831, II Power Cable

2409831

PART No.

Positioner Table Bulkhead

II Image Chain

II PWR

J432

1 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15

3.66

GND

1

GND

4

GND

5

II_CTRL<1>

6

GND

7

GND

8

II_CTRL<2>

13

II_CTRL<0>

14

II_POWER(24V)

15

2409832, Compressor Motor Control Cable

PART No. 1 of 2

2409832

Positioner Table

Cable 5119984

Positioner Table

44CN

1 2 3

J3 COM_MTR2 COM_MTR1 110VAC

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Motor Relay Bd 2409816

3 2 1

Page 345

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409832

PART No. 2 of 2

Positioner Table

Positioner Table

44CN

Cable 5119984

TOWER_SW_LAMP

4

+24V

5

COM_LS

7

+24V

8

DOWN_SIDE_SW

11

SPARE_TOWER_SW

12

9

5

UP_SIDE_SW

10

8

10

+24V

9

1 2

COM_LS1

6

3.67

Logic I/O Bd 2408348-1

J41

4 3 7

2409833, Collimator Power Cable

2409833

PART No.

Positioner Table Cable 2409830

CN84

1 2 3

Page 346

Positioner Table TM1 110Vac 0Vac PE

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2 3

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.68

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409835, Collimator Control Cable 2 PART No.

2409835

Positioner Table Cable 2409820

Positioner Table

CN82 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

COL_RES_ COL_RES+ COL_FED_VD COL_FED_LR COL_LR COL_VD MOT_LR+ MOT_LR_ MOT_VD+ MOT_VD_ GND

12

3.69

Collimator

CN12 3 12 9 4 5 10 1 6 7 2 11 8

2410123, PCU Ground Cable

PART No.

2410123

Integrated Console

Integrated Console

PCU

Cabinet Grounding Panel GND

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

GND

Page 347

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.70

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5119273-1, Table Power in Harness 1

PART No.

5119273-1

Positioner Table Table Power in Assy

Positioner Table

1 2 2 3

3.71

Fuse

TM1 220VAC

1

220VAC

2

220VAC

3

110VAC

4

5119273-2, Table Power in Harness 2

PART No.

5119273-2

Positioner Table

Positioner Table Table Power in Assy RY1

Fuse 1 2 3

Page 348

220VAC 220VAC 220VAC

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2 2

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.72

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5119273-3, Table Power in Harness 3

5119273-3

PART No.

Positioner Table

Positioner Table

Table Power in Assy

Frequency Inverter FC1 / FC2 220VAC

A2 RY1-4

220VAC

A2 RY1-5

3.73

1 2

5119273-4, Table Power In Harness 4 PART No.

5119273-4

Positioner Table

Positioner Table

Table Power in Assy

Frequency Inverter FC1 / FC2 1 2

3.74

0VAC 0VAC

1 2

5119258, Console Footswitch Assembly

PART No.

5119258

Integrated Console

Integrated Console J3

Intercomm FootSwitch

1 COM

COM 1

2 N.O.

N.O. 2

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Intercomm

Page 349

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.75

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5119274, Table Top Transverse Limit SW Cable PART No.

5119274

Positioner Table Table Main Frm Assy

Positioner Table

TM11 1 2 3 4

3.76

21LS / 22LS +24VAC LEFT-LIMIT-SW +24VAC RIGHT-LIMIT-SW

21LS-1 21LS-2 22LS-3 22LS-4

5119276-1, Table Tube Movement LS Cable1

PART No.

5119276-1

Positioner Table Table Main Frm Assy

Positioner Table

TM11 1 2

Page 350

Table Main Frm Assy

11LS COM NC

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2

Table Main Frm Assy

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.77

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5119276-2, Table Tube Movement LS Cable2

5119276-2

PART No.

Positioner Table Table Main Frm Assy

Positioner Table

TM11 1 2

3.78

12LS COM NC

Table Main Frm Assy

1 2

5119276-3, Table Tube Movement LS Cable3

PART No.

5119276-3

Positioner Table Table Main Frm Assy

Positioner Table

TM11 1 2

13LS COM NC

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Table Main Frm Assy

1 2

Page 351

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.79

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5119278, Table Side SW Cable2 PART No.

5119278

Positioner Table Table Main Frm Assy

Positioner Table

351CN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Page 352

J351

24V LAMP_SIDE_SW 24V RISE_SIDE_SW 24V FALL_SIDE_SW FALLINV_SIDE_SW 24V UP_SIDE_SW DOWN_SIDE_SW 24V LEFT_SIDE_SW RIGHT_SIDE_SW EMERGENCY_SW EMERGENCY_SW 24V G12V G12V +12V +12V

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

IO Board

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.80

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5119983, Table Audio Cable

5119983

PART No.

Positioner Table

Positioner Table MIC

MIC Mic+

1

1

Mic-

2

2

3

3.81

Audio Cable (2409701-1)

3

5119984, Compressor Assembly Cable

5119984

PART No.

Positioner Table Cable 2409832

Positioner Table

44CN

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Compress Power COM_MTR2

301

COM_MTR1

302

110VAC

300

TOWER_SW_LAMP

4

+24V

5

COM_LS1

307

COM_LS

308

+24V

309

+24V UP_SIDE_SW DOWN_SIDE_SW SPARE_TOWER_SW

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2 3 6

Page 353

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.82

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5119985, Table Audio Cable2

5119985

PART No.

Positioner Table

Positioner Table

Speaker

SPK spk+

1

spk-

2

3.83

1 2

5119986, RC Contact Suppression Cable PART No.

5119986

Positioner Table

Positioner Table

Table Main Frm Assy TM12 Left Side

3.84

Table Main Frm Assy TM12 Right Side

5119987, Table Ground Cable1

PART No.

5119987

Positioner Table Tube Arm

Positioner Table

E

Ground

E

Page 354

Audio Cable 2409700-1

Tower A6

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

E

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.85

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5119988, Table Ground Cable2

PART No.

5119988

Positioner Table Table Main Frm Assy

GND E

3.86

E

5119989, Table Ground Cable3

5119989

PART No.

Positioner Table Table Base PW Assy

GND E

3.87

E

5119990-1, Table Base Ground Cable

PART No.

5119990-1

Positioner Table Table Base Motor Assy

GND E

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

E

Page 355

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.88

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5119990-2, Table Teminal Ground Cable PART No.

5119990-2

Positioner Table Table Power in Assy TM1

GND E

3.89

E

5121492, Table Ground Cable5 PART No.

5121492

Positioner Table

Positioner Table

Table Main Frm Assy

GND E

3.90

E

5121493, Table Ground Cable6 PART No.

5121493

Positioner Table

Positioner Table

Table Main Frm Assy

GND E

Page 356

TableCase and Image Chain

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

E

Table Side SW

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.91

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5121494, Table Ground Cable7

5121494

PART No.

Positioner Table Main

Positioner Table

E

E

E

3.92

Image Chain

E

5121496, In-Room Foot Switch

PART No.

5121496

In-Room FootSwitch

Positioner Table J531

SW_COM SW_NO SW_PE

+24V FOOT_IRC_SW PE

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Bulkhead

18 17 SHIELD

Page 357

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.93

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5121497, In-Room Console Move Control Input Cable

PART No.

5121497

Positioner Table I/O Board

Positioner Table

J341

18

Bulkhead

J531 +24V

18

FOOT_IRC_SW 17

3.94

17

5121655, Compressor Limit Switch Cable

PART No.

5121655

Positioner Table

Positioner Table

Table Tower Assy Term Board

Compressor Limit SW 1 2

Page 358

+24V COM_LS

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.95

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5121656, Collimator Transformer Cable2

5121656

PART No.

Positioner Table

Positioner Table

Collimator

Col Trans

L N

3.96

12Vac 0Vac

5121657, Tower Push Switch Cable PART No.

5121657

Positioner Table Table Tower Assy

Positioner Table Table Tower Assy Tower SW

MCN 1 2 3 4 5

+24V UP_SIDE_SW DOWN_SIDE_SW TOWER_SW_LAMP +24V

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1,6 2 3 4,7 5,8

Page 359

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.97

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5122285, Cable from PCU to CCD Camera

5122285

PART No.

Integrated Console PCU

Positioner Table LVDS

J1 Camera Head

see table 4

see table 4

Pin Number

Row △

Row ○

Note

1

_

_

Not used, leave unconnected

2

GND

GND

LVDS input

3

RXD

not RXD

LVDS output

4

TXD

not TXD

LVDS input

5

SYNC

not SYNC

LVDS output

6

VIDV

not VIDV

LVDS output

7

VIDH

not VIDH

LVDS output

8

VIDD

not VIDD

LVDS output

9

VID0

not VID0

LVDS output

10

VID1

not VID1

LVDS output

11

VID2

not VID2

LVDS output

12

VID3

not VID3

LVDS output

13

VID4

not VID4

LVDS output

14

VID5

not VID5

LVDS output

15

VID6

not VID6

LVDS output

16

VID7

not VID7

LVDS output

17

VID8

not VID8

LVDS output

18

VID9

not VID9

LVDS output

19

VID10

not VID10

LVDS output

20

VID11

not VID11

LVDS output

21

GND

+24V

power input

22

GND

+24V

power input

23

GND

+24V

power input

24

GND

+24V

power input

25

GND

+24V

power input

Table 11-4 Camera Connector

Page 360

II Image Chain

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.98

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5122517, Digital Box KeyBoard Bracket Left Side Grounding Cable

PART No.

5122517

Integrated Concole

Integrated Concole

Keyboard Bracket Left

Desk Grounding Panel GND

3.99

GND

5122518, Digital Box KeyBoard Bracket Right Side Grounding Cable

PART No.

5122518

Integrated Concole

Integrated Concole

Keyboard Bracket Right

Desk Grounding Panel GND

3.100

GND

5122632, HV Cable

PART No.

5122632

Generator

Positioner Table

HV Tank

Tube

HV Tank Anode+ J1

Tube Anode+

HV Tank Cathod- J2

Tube Cathod-

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Page 361

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.101

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5123315, CPI Touchscreen Console Communication Cable

PART No.

5123315

Generator IF board

3.102

CPI T/S Console

J4

GEN

5124835, CPI Touchscreen Console GND Cable

PART No.

5124835

Generator

Xray APR Console

GND

3.103

GND

5127788, Grounding Cable

PART No.

5127788

Integrated Concole

Integrated Concole

Desk Back Panel

Desk Grounding Panel GND

Page 362

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

GND

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.104

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5160781, PCU Communication Cable

PART No.

5160781

PCU

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Workstation

+5 RXD TXD NC GND NC NC NC NC

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Page 363

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.105

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5162261, In-Room Monitor VGA Cable PART No.

5162261

Integrated Concole

Integrated Concole VGA2

LCD Monitor 1 2 3 6 7 8 10 13 14

3.106

RED GREEN BLUE RED SHIELD GREEN SHIELD BLUE SHIELD SYNC GND H_SYNC V_SYNC

1 2 3 6 7 8 10 13 14

5162380, In-Room Monitor Power Cable

PART No.

5162380

Console Terminal

L, N, FG

Page 364

Workstation Digital Box

In-Room Monitor

220VAC

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Power In

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

3.107

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5162732, GenWare Communication Cable

5162732

PART No.

CPI Console

Workstation

+5

1

RXD

3

TXD

2

NC

4

GND

5

NC

6

NC

7

NC

8

NC

9

3.108

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

5162733, Collimator Light Switch MIS Cable

PART No.

5162733

Integrated Console

Collimator

Iamp Switch

Terminal

1 2

SW - COM SW - NO

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

L3 L4

Page 365

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 366

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

368

NO.1, YONGCHANG NORTH ROAD ECONOMIC & TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT ZONE FAX: 86-10-67881850 TELE: 86-10-58068888 BEIJING, P. R. CHINA 100176